WO2012005364A1 - Organic electroluminescent element - Google Patents

Organic electroluminescent element Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2012005364A1
WO2012005364A1 PCT/JP2011/065719 JP2011065719W WO2012005364A1 WO 2012005364 A1 WO2012005364 A1 WO 2012005364A1 JP 2011065719 W JP2011065719 W JP 2011065719W WO 2012005364 A1 WO2012005364 A1 WO 2012005364A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
substituent
general formula
aryl
ring
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2011/065719
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
誠之 林
伊勢 俊大
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to KR1020137003055A priority Critical patent/KR101995080B1/en
Priority to KR1020187004303A priority patent/KR20180018861A/en
Publication of WO2012005364A1 publication Critical patent/WO2012005364A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K11/00Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
    • C09K11/06Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing organic luminescent materials
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/11OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/14Carrier transporting layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/30Coordination compounds
    • H10K85/321Metal complexes comprising a group IIIA element, e.g. Tris (8-hydroxyquinoline) gallium [Gaq3]
    • H10K85/324Metal complexes comprising a group IIIA element, e.g. Tris (8-hydroxyquinoline) gallium [Gaq3] comprising aluminium, e.g. Alq3
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/30Coordination compounds
    • H10K85/341Transition metal complexes, e.g. Ru(II)polypyridine complexes
    • H10K85/342Transition metal complexes, e.g. Ru(II)polypyridine complexes comprising iridium
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/649Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom
    • H10K85/657Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons
    • H10K85/6572Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons comprising only nitrogen in the heteroaromatic polycondensed ring system, e.g. phenanthroline or carbazole
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1003Carbocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1007Non-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C09K2211/1029Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing one nitrogen atom as the heteroatom
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K2101/00Properties of the organic materials covered by group H10K85/00
    • H10K2101/10Triplet emission

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an organic electroluminescent device.
  • Organic electroluminescent elements (hereinafter also referred to as “elements” and “organic EL elements”) are actively researched and developed because they can emit light with high luminance when driven at a low voltage.
  • An organic electroluminescent element has an organic layer between a pair of electrodes, and electrons injected from the cathode and holes injected from the anode recombine in the organic layer, and the generated exciton energy is used for light emission. To do.
  • Patent Document 1 describes an organic electroluminescent element using an iridium complex as a phosphorescent material and a compound containing a carbazole structure as a host material in a light emitting layer.
  • Patent Document 2 describes an organic electroluminescence device in which an electron transport layer made of a specific compound containing an anthracene structure and a benzimidazole structure is provided between a light emitting layer containing a fluorescent material and a cathode.
  • Patent Document 3 an iridium complex is used as a phosphorescent material in the light emitting layer, a compound containing a carbazole structure is used as a host material, and an anthracene structure and a benzimidazole structure are included between the light emitting layer and the cathode.
  • An organic electroluminescent device provided with an electron transport layer made of a specific compound is described.
  • Patent Documents 4 and 5 also describe an organic electroluminescent device having a compound containing an anthracene structure and a benzimidazole structure.
  • an object of the present invention is a compound that is excellent in terms of light emission efficiency, drive voltage, and durability, has little decrease in efficiency during high luminance drive, and has an electron transport property between the light emitting layer and the cathode It is an object to provide an organic electroluminescence device in which the luminescence chromaticity of the device is less dependent on the film thickness of the layer containing the.
  • the above-mentioned problem is caused by containing a specific compound containing a carbazole structure in the light emitting layer, and including a specific compound containing an anthracene structure and a benzimidazole structure in the cathode side layer from the light emitting layer.
  • a specific compound containing a carbazole structure in the light emitting layer and including a specific compound containing an anthracene structure and a benzimidazole structure in the cathode side layer from the light emitting layer.
  • An organic electroluminescent device having a pair of electrodes consisting of an anode and a cathode on a substrate, a light emitting layer between the electrodes, and at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode,
  • the light emitting layer contains at least one compound represented by the following general formula (1)
  • An organic electroluminescence device comprising at least one compound represented by the following general formula (E-1) in at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode.
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a silyl group, and may further have a substituent Z, provided that R 1 represents a carbazolyl group or a perfluoroalkyl group. If no .R 1 there are a plurality, the plurality of R 1 each may be the same or different. the plurality of R 1 may form an aryl ring which may have a substituent Z bonded to each other May be.
  • R 2 to R 5 each independently represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a silyl group, a cyano group, or a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent Z.
  • the substituent Z represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a fluorine atom, a silyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, or a group formed by combining these, and a plurality of substituents Z may combine with each other to form an aryl ring.
  • n1 represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • n2 to n5 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • R E1 and R E2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group. However, R E1 and R E2 are not simultaneously hydrogen atoms.
  • Ar represents a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • R E3 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • R E4 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • R 6 and R 7 each independently represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent Z, an aryl group which may have an alkyl group, a cyano group or a fluorine atom.
  • R 6 and R 7 may be the same as or different from each other, and the plurality of R 6 and the plurality of R 7 are bonded to each other.
  • An aryl ring which may have a substituent Z may be formed.
  • n6 and n7 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • R 8 to R 11 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group optionally having substituent Z, an aryl group optionally having alkyl group, or a silyl group optionally having substituent Z Represents a cyano group or a fluorine atom.
  • the substituent Z represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a fluorine atom, a silyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, or a group formed by combining these, and a plurality of substituents Z may combine with each other to form an aryl ring.
  • R E1 and R E2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted group. However, R E1 and R E2 are not simultaneously hydrogen atoms.
  • R E3 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, Represents a fluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R T , —C (O) R T , —N (R T ) 2 , —NO 2 , —OR T , a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group; You may have.
  • E represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • Q is a 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring or condensed aromatic heterocyclic ring containing one or more nitrogen atoms.
  • the line connecting E and N is represented by a single line, but the bond type is not limited, and each may be a single bond or a double bond.
  • R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 may be any two adjacent to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl or hetero It is aryl, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent T.
  • Each substituent T independently, a fluorine atom, -R ', - OR', - N (R ') 2, -SR', - C (O) R ', - C (O) OR', - C ( O) represents N (R ′) 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —SO 2 , —SOR ′, —SO 2 R ′, or —SO 3 R ′, and each R ′ independently represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl Represents a group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • (XY) represents a ligand.
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 2.
  • m + n is 3.
  • Organic electroluminescent element Any one of [1] to [11] above, wherein at least one of the light emitting layer and the other organic layer existing between the anode and the cathode is formed by a solution coating process.
  • Organic electroluminescent element [13] A light emitting device using the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of [1] to [12].
  • a display device using the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of [1] to [12].
  • An organic electroluminescent device having a pair of electrodes consisting of an anode and a cathode on a substrate, a light emitting layer between the electrodes, and at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode,
  • the light emitting layer contains at least one compound represented by the following general formula (1)
  • the light emitting layer contains a phosphorescent light emitting material represented by the following general formula (T-1)
  • An organic electroluminescence device comprising at least one compound represented by the following general formula (E-1) in at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode.
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and may further have a substituent Z. However, R 1 does not represent a carbazolyl group or a perfluoroalkyl group. If 1 there are a plurality, the plurality of R 1 each may be the same or different. the plurality of R 1 may be formed an aryl ring which may have a substituent Z bonded to each other Good.
  • R 2 to R 5 each independently represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a silyl group, a cyano group, or a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent Z.
  • the substituent Z represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a fluorine atom.
  • n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • n2 to n5 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4. )
  • R E1 and R E2 each independently represent an unsubstituted aryl group or an unsubstituted pyridyl group.
  • Ar represents an unsubstituted arylene group or an unsubstituted divalent pyridyl group.
  • R E3 represents a hydrogen atom or an unsubstituted aryl group.
  • R E4 represents an unsubstituted aryl group or an unsubstituted pyridyl group.
  • R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, Represents a fluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R T , —C (O) R T , —N (R T ) 2 , —NO 2 , —OR T , a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group; You may have.
  • E represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • Q is a 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring or condensed aromatic heterocyclic ring containing one or more nitrogen atoms.
  • the line connecting E and N is represented by a single line, but the bond type is not limited, and each may be a single bond or a double bond.
  • R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 may be any two adjacent to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl or hetero It is aryl, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent T.
  • Each substituent T independently, a fluorine atom, -R ', - OR', - N (R ') 2, -SR', - C (O) R ', - C (O) OR', - C ( O) represents N (R ′) 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —SO 2 , —SOR ′, —SO 2 R ′, or —SO 3 R ′, and each R ′ independently represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl Represents a group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • each R 6 and R 7 independently represent an alkyl group, if .R 6 and R 7 representing an aryl group, or a fluorine atom is present in plural, a plurality of R 6 and a plurality of R 7 may be the same or different, and the plurality of R 6 and the plurality of R 7 may be bonded to each other to form an aryl ring which may have a substituent Z.
  • n6 and n7 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 2.
  • R 8 to R 11 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group optionally having substituent Z, an aryl group optionally having alkyl group, or a silyl group optionally having substituent Z Represents a cyano group or a fluorine atom.
  • the substituent Z represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a fluorine atom.
  • R E1 and R E2 each independently represents an unsubstituted aryl group or an unsubstituted pyridyl group.
  • R E3 represents a hydrogen atom or an unsubstituted aryl group.
  • Organic electroluminescent element Any one of [16] to [24] above, wherein at least one of the light emitting layer and the other organic layer existing between the anode and the cathode is formed by a solution coating process.
  • Organic electroluminescent element [26] A light emitting device using the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of [16] to [25]. [27] [16] A display device using the organic electroluminescent element as described in any one of [16] to [25]. [28] An illumination device using the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of [16] to [25].
  • a film of a layer including a compound having an electron transporting property between a light emitting layer and a cathode which is excellent in terms of luminous efficiency, driving voltage, and durability, has a small decrease in efficiency when driven at high luminance. It is possible to provide an organic electroluminescence device in which the emission chromaticity of the device is less dependent on the thickness.
  • the hydrogen atom also includes isotopes (deuterium atoms, etc.), and the atoms constituting the substituents also include the isotopes. .
  • the substituent group A, the substituent group B, and the substituent Z are defined as follows.
  • An alkyl group preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, neopentyl, etc.), alkenyl groups (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms) For example, vinyl, allyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl, etc.), alkynyl group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms),
  • it has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • phenyloxy, 1-naphthyloxy, 2-naphthyloxy, etc. a heterocyclic oxy group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms).
  • pyridyloxy, pyrazyloxy, pyrimidyloxy, quinolyloxy, etc. an acyl group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, For example, acetyl, benzoyl, formyl, pivaloyl, etc.), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms).
  • aryloxycarbonyl group ( The number of carbon atoms is preferably 7 to 30, more preferably 7 to 20, and particularly preferably 7 to 12, and examples thereof include phenyloxycarbonyl. ), An acyloxy group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as acetoxy, benzoyloxy, etc.), an acylamino group (preferably 2-30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2-10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include acetylamino, benzoylamino and the like, and alkoxycarbonylamino groups (preferably having 2-2 carbon atoms).
  • an aryloxycarbonylamino group preferably having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms, for example phenyloxycarbonyl And sulfonylamino groups (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as methanesulfonylamino and benzenesulfonylamino).
  • an aryloxycarbonylamino group preferably having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms, for example phenyloxycarbonyl And sulfonylamino groups (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as methanesulfonylamino and benzenesulfonylamino).
  • a sulfamoyl group (preferably having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 0 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 0 to 12 carbon atoms, such as sulfamoyl, methylsulfamoyl, dimethylsulfamoyl, phenyl Sulfamoyl, etc.), carbamoyl groups (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as carbamoyl, methylcarbamoyl, diethylcarbamoyl, Phenylcarbamoyl etc.), alkylthio group ( Preferably, it has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as methylthio, ethylthio, etc.), an arylthio group (preferably 6 to 30 carbon atoms).
  • Rufinyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include methanesulfinyl and benzenesulfinyl. ), A ureido group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as ureido, methylureido, phenylureido, etc.), phosphoric acid An amide group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as diethyl phosphoric acid amide and phenyl phosphoric acid amide), a hydroxy group , Mercapto group, halogen atom (eg fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), cyano group, sulfo group, carb
  • Is for example, a nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, phosphorus atom, silicon atom, selenium atom, tellurium atom, specifically pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, And isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, quinolyl, furyl, thienyl, selenophenyl, tellurophenyl, piperidyl, piperidino, morpholino, pyrrolidyl, pyrrolidino, benzoxazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, carbazolyl group, azepinyl group, silolyl group and the like.
  • a silyl group (preferably having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 3 to 24 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include trimethylsilyl and triphenylsilyl).
  • a aryloxy group (preferably having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 3 to 24 carbon atoms, such as trimethylsilyloxy, triphenylsilyloxy, etc.), phosphoryl group (for example, A diphenylphosphoryl group, a dimethylphosphoryl group, etc.).
  • These substituents may be further substituted, and examples of the further substituent include a group selected from the substituent group A described above.
  • alkyl group preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.
  • alkenyl groups preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as vinyl , Allyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl, etc.
  • alkynyl group preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms such as propargyl , 3-pentynyl, etc.
  • aryl groups preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1
  • the substituent substituted by the substituent may be further substituted, and examples of the further substituent include a group selected from the substituent group B described above.
  • the substituent substituted by the substituent substituted by the substituent may be further substituted, and examples of the further substituent include a group selected from the substituent group B described above.
  • Substituent Z Represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a fluorine atom, a silyl group, an amino group, a cyano group or a combination thereof, and a plurality of substituents Z are bonded to each other Thus, an aryl ring may be formed.
  • substituent Z an alkyl group, an aryl group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group is preferable, and an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a fluorine atom is more preferable.
  • the alkyl group represented by the substituent Z is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isobutyl group, or a t-butyl group is preferable, and a methyl group is more preferable.
  • the alkenyl group represented by the substituent Z is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, such as a vinyl group, an n-propenyl group, an isopropenyl group, Examples thereof include an isobutenyl group, an n-butenyl group, and the like, and a vinyl group, an n-propenyl group, an isobutenyl group, or an n-butenyl group is preferable, and a vinyl group is more preferable.
  • the aryl group represented by the substituent Z is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group and the like can be mentioned.
  • a phenyl group and a biphenyl group are preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group represented by the substituent Z is preferably an aromatic heterocyclic group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a pyridyl group, a furyl group, and a thienyl group, and a pyridyl group or a furyl group is preferable.
  • a pyridyl group is more preferable.
  • the alkoxy group represented by the substituent Z is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-propoxy group, A propoxy group, an isobutoxy group, a t-butoxy group, an n-butoxy group, a cyclopropyloxy group, and the like can be given.
  • a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isobutoxy group, or a t-butoxy group is preferable, and a methoxy group is more preferable.
  • Examples of the silyl group and amino group represented by the substituent Z include those similar to the silyl group and amino group in the substituent group A described above.
  • Examples of the aryl ring formed by bonding a plurality of substituents Z to each other include a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring, and a benzene ring is preferable.
  • the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention comprises a substrate having a pair of electrodes consisting of an anode and a cathode, a light emitting layer between the electrodes, and an organic layer having at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode.
  • An electroluminescent device comprising: Containing at least one compound represented by the general formula (1) in the light emitting layer; At least one compound represented by formula (E-1) is contained in at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode.
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a silyl group, and may further have a substituent Z, provided that R 1 represents a carbazolyl group or a perfluoroalkyl group. If no .R 1 there are a plurality, the plurality of R 1 each may be the same or different. the plurality of R 1 may form an aryl ring which may have a substituent Z bonded to each other May be.
  • R 2 to R 5 each independently represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a silyl group, a cyano group, or a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent Z.
  • the substituent Z represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a fluorine atom, a silyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, or a group formed by combining these, and a plurality of substituents Z may combine with each other to form an aryl ring.
  • n1 represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • n2 to n5 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 1 may have a substituent.
  • substituents include the aforementioned substituent Z, and the substituent Z is preferably a fluorine atom.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 1 does not become a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. .
  • the aryl group represented by R 1 may be condensed or may have a substituent.
  • substituent Z examples include the above-described substituent Z.
  • the substituent Z is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, a fluorine atom or a cyano group which may be substituted with a fluorine atom. Groups are more preferred.
  • the aryl group represented by R 1 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl group optionally having a fluorine atom having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a fluorine atom or a cyano group, and optionally having 6 to 18 carbon atoms. And more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the silyl group represented by R 1 may have a substituent.
  • substituent Z examples include the above-described substituent Z, and the substituent Z is preferably an alkyl group or a phenyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the silyl group represented by R 1 is preferably a silyl group having 0 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably a silyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • the silyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms is preferably a silyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a phenyl group, and all three hydrogen atoms of the silyl group are carbon atoms. It is more preferably substituted with any one of an alkyl group of 1 to 6 and a phenyl group, and further preferably substituted with a phenyl group.
  • trimethylsilyl group triethylsilyl group, t-butyldimethylsilyl group, diethylisopropylsilyl group, dimethylphenylsilyl group, diphenylmethylsilyl group, triphenylsilyl group, and the like.
  • Group or triphenylsilyl group is preferable, and triphenylsilyl group is more preferable.
  • R 1 there are a plurality the plurality of R 1 may each be the same or different. Moreover, several R ⁇ 1 > may couple
  • substituent Z an alkyl group or an aryl group is preferable, and an alkyl group is more preferable.
  • Aryl ring plurality of R 1 is formed by bonding with, including the carbon atom to which R 1 of said plurality of substitution, preferably an aryl ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms An aryl ring.
  • the ring to be formed is preferably any one of a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring and a phenanthrene ring, more preferably a benzene ring or a phenanthrene ring, and further preferably a benzene ring.
  • a plurality of rings formed by a plurality of R 1 may exist, for example, a plurality of R 1 are bonded to each other to form two benzene rings, together with a benzene ring substituted by the plurality of R 1 A phenanthrene ring may be formed.
  • R 1 is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group optionally having an alkyl group, and a silyl group substituted with an alkyl group or a phenyl group, from the viewpoint of charge transport ability and charge stability. More preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably an alkyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. 6 to 18 aryl groups.
  • R 1 is preferably a methyl group, a t-butyl group, a neopentyl group, an unsubstituted phenyl group, a cyano group, a phenyl group substituted by a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group, a biphenyl group, a terphenyl group.
  • An unsubstituted phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a terphenyl group is more preferable, and an unsubstituted phenyl group, an unsubstituted biphenyl group, or an unsubstituted naphthyl group is more preferable.
  • N1 is preferably an integer of 0 to 4, more preferably an integer of 0 to 3, and still more preferably an integer of 0 to 2.
  • Specific examples and preferred examples of the aryl group and silyl group represented by R 2 to R 5 are the same as the specific examples and preferred examples of the aryl group and silyl group represented by R 1 .
  • Examples of the alkyl group represented by R 2 to R 5 include perfluoroalkyl groups such as a trifluoromethyl group in addition to the examples of the alkyl group represented by R 1 . Of these, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, an isopropyl group, a t-butyl group, or a neopentyl group is preferable, a methyl group or a t-butyl group is more preferable, and a t-butyl group is still more preferable.
  • R 2 to R 5 are each independently preferably any of a silyl group substituted with an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkyl group or a phenyl group, a cyano group, and a fluorine atom, from the viewpoint of charge transportability and charge stability.
  • R 2 to R 5 are preferably each independently methyl group, isopropyl group, t-butyl group, neopentyl group, trifluoromethyl group, phenyl group, dimethylphenyl group, trimethylsilyl group, triphenylsilyl group, fluorine Any of an atom and a cyano group, more preferably a t-butyl group, a phenyl group, a trimethylsilyl group, a triphenylsilyl group, and a cyano group, still more preferably a t-butyl group, a phenyl group, It is either a triphenylsilyl group or a cyano group.
  • N2 to n5 are each independently preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1.
  • the 3-position and the 6-position of the carbazole skeleton are reaction active positions. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis and improvement in chemical stability, the substituent may be introduced at this position. preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) is represented by the following general formula (2).
  • R 6 and R 7 each independently represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent Z, an aryl group which may have an alkyl group, a cyano group or a fluorine atom.
  • R 6 and R 7 may be the same as or different from each other, and the plurality of R 6 and the plurality of R 7 are bonded to each other.
  • An aryl ring which may have a substituent Z may be formed.
  • n6 and n7 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • R 8 to R 11 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group optionally having substituent Z, an aryl group optionally having alkyl group, or a silyl group optionally having substituent Z Represents a cyano group or a fluorine atom.
  • the substituent Z represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a fluorine atom, a silyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, or a group formed by combining these, and a plurality of substituents Z may combine with each other to form an aryl ring.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 6 and R 7 may have a substituent.
  • examples of the substituent include the aforementioned substituent Z, and the substituent Z is preferably a fluorine atom.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 6 and R 7 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group represented by R 6 and R 7 are the same as the specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group represented by R 2 to R 5 in the general formula (1).
  • the alkyl group in the aryl group which may have an alkyl group represented by R 6 and R 7 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. It is. Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group are the same as the specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group represented by R 2 to R 5 in the general formula (1).
  • the aryl group in the aryl group which may have an alkyl group represented by R 6 and R 7 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. It is.
  • a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a terphenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthranyl group, a phenanthryl group, a chrysenyl group, etc. among which a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a terphenyl group, or a naphthyl group are preferable, a phenyl group, A biphenyl group or a terphenyl group is more preferable.
  • the aryl group that may have an alkyl group represented by R 6 and R 7 is preferably an unsubstituted aryl group.
  • Examples of the aryl group represented by R 6 and R 7 which may have an alkyl group include a phenyl group, a dimethylphenyl group, a t-butylphenyl group, a biphenyl group, a terphenyl group, a naphthyl group, and a methyl group.
  • a naphthyl group, a t-butyl naphthyl group, an anthranyl group, a phenanthryl group, a chrysenyl group, and the like can be given.
  • a phenyl group, a t-butylphenyl group, or a biphenyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
  • the plurality of R 6 and the plurality of R 7 may be the same as or different from each other.
  • a plurality of R 6 and a plurality of R 7 may be bonded to each other to form an aryl ring which may have the aforementioned substituent Z.
  • the substituent Z an alkyl group or an aryl group is preferable, and an alkyl group is more preferable.
  • the aryl ring formed by bonding a plurality of R 6 and a plurality of R 7 to each other includes a carbon atom substituted by each of the plurality of R 6 and the plurality of R 7 , and preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • an aryl ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms More preferred is an aryl ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and still more preferred is an aryl ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the ring to be formed is preferably any of a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring and a phenanthrene ring, which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and has an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • An benzene ring which may be substituted is more preferable, and examples thereof include a benzene ring and a benzene ring substituted with a t-butyl group.
  • a plurality of rings formed by a plurality of R 6 or a plurality of R 7 may exist, for example, a plurality of R 6 or a plurality of R 7 are bonded to each other to form two benzene rings, A phenanthrene ring may be formed together with a plurality of R 6 or the benzene ring substituted by the plurality of R 7 .
  • R 6 and R 7 are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, from the viewpoint of charge transport ability and charge stability. Any of aryl groups, cyano groups and fluorine atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. , Either a cyano group or a fluorine atom. From the viewpoint of charge transportability and charge stability, it is also preferable that R 6 and R 7 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group that may have an alkyl group.
  • R 6 and R 7 are preferably each independently, preferably a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a t-butyl group, an unsubstituted phenyl group, a phenyl group substituted by a t-butyl group, a biphenyl group, a cyano group.
  • N6 and n7 are each independently preferably an integer of 0 to 4, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and even more preferably 0 or 1.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 8 to R 11 may have a substituent.
  • examples of the substituent include the aforementioned substituent Z, and the substituent Z is preferably a fluorine atom.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 8 to R 11 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group represented by R 8 to R 11 are the same as the specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group represented by R 2 to R 5 in the general formula (1).
  • the aryl group optionally having an alkyl group represented by R 8 to R 11 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. And more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples and preferred examples of the aryl group optionally having an alkyl group represented by R 8 to R 11 may have an alkyl group represented by the aforementioned R 6 and R 7. This is the same as the specific examples and preferred examples of the aryl group.
  • the silyl group represented by R 8 to R 11 may have a substituent.
  • substituent Z examples include the above-described substituent Z, and the substituent Z is preferably an alkyl group or a phenyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the silyl group represented by R 8 to R 11 is preferably a silyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms. Specific examples and preferred examples of the silyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 8 to R 11 are The same as the specific examples and preferred examples of the silyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms in the silyl group represented by R 1 in the general formula (1).
  • R 8 to R 11 are each independently preferably substituted with a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group optionally having an alkyl group, an alkyl group or a phenyl group from the viewpoint of charge transportability and charge stability.
  • a silyl group, a cyano group, or a fluorine atom more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 8 to R 11 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, methyl group, isopropyl group, t-butyl group, neopentyl group, trifluoromethyl group, phenyl group, dimethylphenyl group, trimethylsilyl group, triphenylsilyl group.
  • Group, a fluorine atom, and a cyano group more preferably a hydrogen atom, a t-butyl group, a phenyl group, a trimethylsilyl group, a triphenylsilyl group, and a cyano group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is most preferably composed of only a carbon atom, a hydrogen atom and a nitrogen atom.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is preferably 80 ° C. or higher and 400 ° C. or lower, more preferably 100 ° C. or higher and 400 ° C. or lower, and 120 ° C. or higher. More preferably, it is 400 degrees C or less.
  • an isotope such as a deuterium atom
  • all hydrogen atoms in the compound may be replaced with isotopes, or a mixture in which a part is a compound containing an isotope may be used.
  • this invention is not limited to these.
  • the compounds exemplified as the compounds represented by the general formula (1) or (2) can be synthesized with reference to International Publication No. 2004/074399 pamphlet and the like.
  • compound (A-1) can be synthesized by the method described in WO 2004/074399, paragraph 52, line 22 to paragraph 54, line 15.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is contained in the light emitting layer, but its use is not limited, and it is further contained in any layer in the organic layer. Also good.
  • a light emitting layer, a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron transport layer, an electron injection layer, an exciton block layer, a charge block layer Either can be mentioned.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is preferably included in an amount of 50 to 99.9% by mass, more preferably 50 to 99% by mass, with respect to the total mass of the light emitting layer. It is more preferable to include 98% by mass.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is further contained in a layer other than the light emitting layer, it is preferably contained in an amount of 70 to 100% by mass, and 85 to 100% by mass with respect to the total mass of the layer. % Is more preferable.
  • R E1 and R E2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group. However, R E1 and R E2 are not simultaneously hydrogen atoms.
  • Ar represents a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • R E3 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • R E4 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) is contained in at least one organic layer between the cathode and the light emitting layer, but may be further contained in other layers. .
  • the efficiency reduction during high luminance driving is suppressed.
  • the light emitting layer contains the compound represented by the general formula (1)
  • at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode contains the compound represented by the general formula (E-1).
  • the electron affinity between the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) and the compound represented by the general formula (1) is in an optimum range, and the electron transport property of the electron transport layer from a low voltage is improved, This is presumably because a large amount of electrons can be transported to the light emitting layer.
  • the dependency of the emission chromaticity on the electron transport layer thickness was suppressed in the device of the present invention.
  • the light emitting layer contains the compound represented by the general formula (1), and the organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode has the general formula (E-1).
  • E-1 the organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode has the general formula (E-1).
  • R E1 and R E2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms).
  • alkenyl group preferably having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as vinyl, allyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl, etc.
  • alkynyl group preferably having 2 to 10 carbon atoms such as propargyl, 3 -Pentynyl, etc.
  • alkyl groups are more preferred, methyl groups, ethyl groups, isopropyl , Particularly preferably a t- butyl group, or cyclohexyl group.
  • the aryl group is preferably an aryl having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. It is a group.
  • the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, an anthryl group, a terphenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a phenanthryl group, a pyrenyl group, a triphenylenyl group, and the like.
  • Group or terphenyl group is preferable, phenyl group, naphthyl group, biphenyl group, or anthryl group is more preferable, and naphthyl group is most preferable.
  • the reason why the naphthyl group is preferable is considered to be that an appropriate interaction between molecules can be generated, whereby a reduction in driving voltage and a stable film quality can be obtained.
  • examples of the substituent include a substituent selected from the substituent group A, preferably an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more Preferred is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, an n-butyl group, and a cyclopropyl group.
  • an alkyl group preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more Preferred is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, an n-butyl group, and a cyclopropyl group.
  • an ethyl group an isobutyl group, or a t-butyl group
  • an aryl group preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms
  • a phenyl group or a biphenyl group is preferred.
  • a halogen atom preferably a fluorine atom
  • Group an alkoxy group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group (preferably an aromatic heterocyclic group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, such as a pyridyl group, a furyl group, and a thienyl group, and a pyridyl group is more preferable). It is.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably carbon atoms. It is an aromatic heterocyclic group of 2 to 12.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group include an azole group, a diazole group, a triazole group, an oxazole group, a thiazole group, a pyridyl group, a furyl group, and a thienyl group, and an azole group, a diazole group, and a pyridyl group are preferable.
  • a pyridyl group is more preferred.
  • R E1 and R E2 are preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and more preferably an unsubstituted aryl group from the viewpoint of obtaining an appropriate interaction between molecules. Specific examples and preferred ranges when R E1 and R E2 are aryl groups are as described above.
  • R E1 and R E2 may be the same or different from each other, but are preferably the same from the viewpoint of synthesis. However, R E1 and R E2 are not simultaneously hydrogen atoms.
  • Ar represents a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • the arylene group is preferably an arylene group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the arylene group include a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, a biphenylene group, an anthrylene group, a terphenylene group, a fluorenylene group, a phenanthrylene group, a pyrenylene group, a triphenylenylene group, and the like.
  • an anthrylene group is preferred, a phenylene group or a naphthylene group is more preferred, and a phenylene group is most preferred.
  • the arylene group has a substituent, examples of the substituent are the same as those of the substituent that may be present in the case where R E1 and R E2 are an aryl group.
  • the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably Is a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group include a divalent azole group, a divalent diazole group, a divalent triazole group, a divalent oxazole group, a divalent thiazole group, a divalent pyridyl group, A bivalent furyl group, a bivalent thienyl group, etc.
  • a bivalent azole group, a bivalent diazole group, and a bivalent pyridyl group are preferable, and a bivalent pyridyl group (pyridylene group) is more preferable.
  • examples of the substituent are the same as those of the substituent that R E1 and R E2 may have in the case of an aryl group, and specific examples and preferred ranges thereof. is there.
  • Ar preferably represents a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group, more preferably an unsubstituted arylene group. Specific examples and preferred ranges when Ar is an arylene group are as described above.
  • R E3 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • R E3 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms and is preferably an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, ethyl group, isopropyl Group, t-butyl group, n-octyl group, n-decyl group, n-hexadecyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, neopentyl group, etc.), alkenyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 10 such as vinyl, allyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl, and the like, or an alkynyl group (preferably having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as propargyl, 3-pentynyl, etc.).
  • alkyl group preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, e
  • it is an alkyl group, more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a t-butyl group, or a cyclohexyl group. Particularly preferred is a xyl group.
  • the aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, an anthryl group, a terphenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a phenanthryl group, a pyrenyl group, and a triphenylenyl group, and a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, or the like.
  • anthryl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
  • the aryl group has a substituent
  • examples of the substituent include a substituent selected from the substituent group A, preferably an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more Preferred is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, an n-butyl group, and a cyclopropyl group.
  • an ethyl group an isobutyl group, or a t-butyl group
  • an aryl group preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms
  • a phenyl group or a biphenyl group is preferred.
  • a halogen atom preferably a fluorine atom
  • Group, alkoxy group, or aromatic heterocyclic group preferably an aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, such as azole group, diazole group, triazole group, oxazole group, thiazole group, pyridyl group, furyl group
  • a thienyl group, an azole group, a diazole group, and a pyridyl group are preferable, and a benzoimidazolyl group is particularly preferable.
  • substituents may further have a substituent if possible, and examples of the further substituent include a substituent selected from the substituent group A, preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group. , Or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and specific examples and preferred ranges thereof are the same as the specific examples and preferred ranges of the substituent when R E3 represents a substituted aryl group.
  • R E3 represents an aryl group having a substituent
  • the substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and examples of the ring include an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic ring, and an aromatic heterocycle.
  • An aromatic ring is preferable, and a benzene ring, a fluorene ring, an anthracene ring, a naphthyl ring, or a ring having a combination thereof, and the like, a fluorene ring, an anthracene ring, or a ring having a combination thereof are included. Is preferred.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 2 carbon atoms. 12 aromatic heterocyclic groups.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group include an azole group, a diazole group, a triazole group, an oxazole group, a thiazole group, a pyridyl group, a furyl group, and a thienyl group, and an azole group, a diazole group, and a pyridyl group are preferable.
  • Particularly preferred is a benzimidazolyl group.
  • examples of the substituent include a substituent selected from the substituent group A, preferably an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms). More preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, n-butyl group, cyclopropyl group and the like.
  • an alkyl group preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. More preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, n-butyl group, cyclopropyl group and the like.
  • an aryl group preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • a phenyl group or a biphenyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
  • a halogen A child preferably a fluorine atom
  • a cyano group preferably an alkoxy group
  • an aromatic heterocyclic group preferably an aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, such as a pyridyl group, a furyl group, and a thienyl group.
  • a pyridyl group is more preferable.
  • an aryl group is particularly preferable.
  • R E3 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of obtaining an appropriate interaction between molecules.
  • R E4 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • R E4 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms and is preferably an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, isopropyl Group, t-butyl group, n-octyl group, n-decyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, neopentyl group, etc.), alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, for example, Vinyl, allyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl, etc.), or alkynyl groups (preferably having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as propargyl, 3-pentynyl, etc.) are more preferred. More preferably, it is a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a t-buty
  • the aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, an anthryl group, a terphenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a phenanthryl group, a pyrenyl group, a triphenylenyl group, and the like.
  • a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, or An anthryl group is preferable, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is more preferable, and a phenyl group is still more preferable.
  • the aryl group has a substituent, examples of the substituent are the same as those of the substituent that may be present when R E1 and R E2 are an aryl group.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 2 carbon atoms. 12 aromatic heterocyclic groups.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group include an azole group, a diazole group, a triazole group, an oxazole group, a thiazole group, a pyridyl group, a furyl group, and a thienyl group, and an azole group, a diazole group, and a pyridyl group are preferable.
  • a pyridyl group is more preferred.
  • R E4 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and more preferably an unsubstituted aryl group, from the viewpoint of obtaining an appropriate interaction between molecules. Specific examples and preferred ranges in the case where R E4 is an aryl group are as described above.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) is preferably represented by the following general formula (E-2) or the following general formula (E-3).
  • R E1 and R E2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted group. However, R E1 and R E2 are not simultaneously hydrogen atoms.
  • R E3 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • R E1 , R E2 , and R E3 are respectively synonymous with R E1 , R E2 , and R E3 in general formula (E-1), and are preferable.
  • the range is the same.
  • (e-1) to (e-10) are more preferred, (e-1) to (e-4), and (e-6) to (e-10) are more preferred, Particularly preferred are e-3), (e-4) and (e-8).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) can be synthesized by the method described in Japanese Patent No. 4308663. After synthesis, it is preferable to purify by sublimation purification after purification by column chromatography, recrystallization or the like. By sublimation purification, not only can organic impurities be separated, but inorganic salts and residual solvents can be effectively removed.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) is contained in at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, but its application is not limited. It may be further contained in any layer.
  • a light emitting layer, a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron transport layer, an electron injection layer, an exciton block layer, a charge block It can be contained in any or a plurality of layers.
  • the organic layer between the light emitting layer containing the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) and the cathode is more preferably a charge blocking layer or an electron transporting layer, and further preferably an electron transporting layer. .
  • the organic electroluminescence device of the present invention has a pair of electrodes consisting of an anode and a cathode on a substrate, a light emitting layer between the electrodes, and an organic electroluminescence having at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode.
  • An element comprising at least one compound represented by the general formula (1) in the light emitting layer and represented by the general formula (E-1) in at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode. Containing at least one compound.
  • the light emitting layer is an organic layer, and further includes at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, but may further have an organic layer.
  • at least one of the anode and the cathode is preferably transparent or translucent.
  • FIG. 1 shows an example of the configuration of an organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention.
  • a light emitting layer 6 is sandwiched between an anode 3 and a cathode 9 on a support substrate 2.
  • a hole injection layer 4, a hole transport layer 5, a light emitting layer 6, a hole block layer 7, and an electron transport layer 8 are laminated in this order between the anode 3 and the cathode 9.
  • Anode / hole transport layer / light-emitting layer / electron transport layer / cathode Anode / hole transport layer / light-emitting layer / block layer / electron transport layer / cathode
  • the substrate used in the present invention is preferably a substrate that does not scatter or attenuate light emitted from the organic layer.
  • a substrate that does not scatter or attenuate light emitted from the organic layer In the case of an organic material, it is preferable that it is excellent in heat resistance, dimensional stability, solvent resistance, electrical insulation, and workability.
  • the anode usually only needs to have a function as an electrode for supplying holes to the organic layer, and there is no particular limitation on the shape, structure, size, etc., depending on the use and purpose of the light-emitting element, It can select suitably from well-known electrode materials.
  • the anode is usually provided as a transparent anode.
  • the cathode usually has a function as an electrode for injecting electrons into the organic layer, and there is no particular limitation on the shape, structure, size, etc., and it is known depending on the use and purpose of the light-emitting element.
  • the electrode material can be selected as appropriate.
  • Organic layer in the present invention will be described.
  • each organic layer is preferably formed by any one of a dry coating method such as a vapor deposition method and a sputtering method, a solution coating process such as a transfer method, a printing method, a spin coating method, and a bar coating method. Can be formed.
  • a dry coating method such as a vapor deposition method and a sputtering method
  • a solution coating process such as a transfer method, a printing method, a spin coating method, and a bar coating method.
  • a solution coating process such as a transfer method, a printing method, a spin coating method, and a bar coating method. It is preferable.
  • the light-emitting layer receives holes from the anode, the hole injection layer, or the hole transport layer when an electric field is applied, receives electrons from the cathode, the electron injection layer, or the electron transport layer, and recombines holes and electrons. It is a layer which has the function to provide and to emit light.
  • the substrate, anode, cathode, organic layer, and light emitting layer are described in detail in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-270736 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-266458, and the matters described in these documents can be applied to the present invention.
  • the light emitting layer may include a material that does not have charge transporting properties and does not emit light.
  • Luminescent material As the light emitting material in the present invention, any of phosphorescent light emitting materials, fluorescent light emitting materials and the like can be used.
  • the light emitting layer in the present invention can contain two or more kinds of light emitting materials in order to improve the color purity and broaden the light emission wavelength region. At least one of the light emitting materials is preferably a phosphorescent light emitting material.
  • the light emitting material of the present invention further satisfies the relationship of 1.2 eV> ⁇ Ip> 0.2 eV and / or 1.2 eV> ⁇ Ea> 0.2 eV with the host material. It is preferable from the viewpoint.
  • ⁇ Ip means the difference in Ip value between the host material and the light emitting material
  • ⁇ Ea means the difference in Ea value between the host material and the light emitting material.
  • At least one of the light emitting materials is preferably a platinum complex material or an iridium complex material, and more preferably an iridium complex material.
  • the fluorescent light-emitting material and the phosphorescent light-emitting material are described in detail in paragraph numbers [0100] to [0164] of JP-A-2008-270736 and paragraph numbers [0088] to [0090] of JP-A-2007-266458, for example. The matters described in these publications can be applied to the present invention.
  • a phosphorescent material is preferable.
  • phosphorescent light-emitting materials that can be used in the present invention include US Pat. / 19373A2, JP-A No. 2001-247859, JP-A No. 2002-302671, JP-A No. 2002-117978, JP-A No. 2003-133074, JP-A No. 2002-1235076, JP-A No. 2003-123984, JP-A No. 2002-170684, EP No. 121157, JP-A No.
  • Examples of the light-emitting dopant include Ir complex, Pt complex, Cu complex, Re complex, W complex, Rh complex, Ru complex, Pd complex, Os complex, Eu complex, and Tb complex. Gd complex, Dy complex, and Ce complex are mentioned.
  • an Ir complex, a Pt complex, or a Re complex among which an Ir complex or a Pt complex containing at least one coordination mode of a metal-carbon bond, a metal-nitrogen bond, a metal-oxygen bond, and a metal-sulfur bond. Or Re complexes are preferred. Furthermore, from the viewpoints of luminous efficiency, driving durability, chromaticity and the like, an Ir complex and a Pt complex are particularly preferable, and an Ir complex is most preferable.
  • the platinum complex is preferably a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-1).
  • Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 each independently represent a ligand coordinated to Pt.
  • L 1 , L 2 and L 3 are each independently a single bond or a divalent linking group. Represents.
  • Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 each independently represent a ligand coordinated to Pt.
  • the bond between Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 and Pt may be any of a covalent bond, an ionic bond, a coordinate bond, and the like.
  • a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and a phosphorus atom are preferable, and in Q ⁇ 1 >, Q ⁇ 2 >, Q ⁇ 3 > and Q ⁇ 4 >
  • a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and a phosphorus atom are preferable, and in Q ⁇ 1 >, Q ⁇ 2 >, Q ⁇ 3 > and Q ⁇ 4 >
  • at least one is preferably a carbon atom, more preferably two are carbon atoms, particularly preferably two are carbon atoms and two are nitrogen atoms.
  • Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 bonded to Pt by a carbon atom may be an anionic ligand or a neutral ligand, and the anionic ligand is a vinyl ligand, Aromatic hydrocarbon ring ligand (eg benzene ligand, naphthalene ligand, anthracene ligand, phenanthrene ligand etc.), heterocyclic ligand (eg furan ligand, thiophene ligand, pyridine) Ligand, pyrazine ligand, pyrimidine ligand, pyridazine ligand, triazine ligand, thiazole ligand, oxazole ligand, pyrrole ligand, imidazole ligand, pyrazole ligand, triazole And a condensed ring containing them (for example, quinoline ligand, benzothiazole ligand, etc.).
  • a carbene ligand is mentioned as a neutral ligand.
  • Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 bonded to Pt with a nitrogen atom may be neutral ligands or anionic ligands, and as neutral ligands, nitrogen-containing aromatic hetero Ring ligand (pyridine ligand, pyrazine ligand, pyrimidine ligand, pyridazine ligand, triazine ligand, imidazole ligand, pyrazole ligand, triazole ligand, oxazole ligand, Examples include thiazole ligands and condensed rings containing them (for example, quinoline ligands, benzimidazole ligands), amine ligands, nitrile ligands, and imine ligands.
  • anionic ligands include amino ligands, imino ligands, nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ligands (pyrrole ligands, imidazole ligands, triazole ligands, and condensed rings containing them) (For example, indole ligand, benzimidazole ligand, etc.)).
  • Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 bonded to Pt with an oxygen atom may be neutral ligands or anionic ligands, and neutral ligands are ether ligands, Examples include ketone ligands, ester ligands, amide ligands, oxygen-containing heterocyclic ligands (furan ligands, oxazole ligands and condensed rings containing them (benzoxazole ligands, etc.)). It is done.
  • the anionic ligand include an alkoxy ligand, an aryloxy ligand, a heteroaryloxy ligand, an acyloxy ligand, a silyloxy ligand, and the like.
  • Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 bonded to Pt with a sulfur atom may be neutral ligands or anionic ligands, and neutral ligands include thioether ligands, Examples include thioketone ligands, thioester ligands, thioamide ligands, sulfur-containing heterocyclic ligands (thiophene ligands, thiazole ligands and condensed rings containing them (such as benzothiazole ligands)). It is done.
  • the anionic ligand include an alkyl mercapto ligand, an aryl mercapto ligand, and a heteroaryl mercapto ligand.
  • Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 bonded to Pt with a phosphorus atom may be neutral ligands or anionic ligands, and neutral ligands include phosphine ligands, Examples include phosphate ester ligands, phosphite ester ligands, and phosphorus-containing heterocyclic ligands (phosphinin ligands, etc.).
  • Anionic ligands include phosphino ligands and phosphinyl ligands.
  • phosphoryl ligands The groups represented by Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3, and Q 4 may have a substituent, and those listed as the substituent group A can be appropriately applied as the substituent.
  • substituents may be connected to each other (when Q 3 and Q 4 are connected, a Pt complex of a cyclic tetradentate ligand is formed).
  • the group represented by Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring ligand bonded to Pt with a carbon atom, and an aromatic heterocyclic ligand bonded to Pt with a carbon atom.
  • L 1 , L 2 and L 3 represent a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 1 , L 2 and L 3 include alkylene groups (methylene, ethylene, propylene, etc.), arylene groups (phenylene, naphthalenediyl), heteroarylene groups (pyridinediyl, thiophenediyl, etc.) ), Imino group (—NR—) (such as phenylimino group), oxy group (—O—), thio group (—S—), phosphinidene group (—PR—) (such as phenylphosphinidene group), silylene group (—SiRR′—) (dimethylsilylene group, diphenylsilylene group, etc.), or a combination thereof.
  • alkylene groups methylene, ethylene, propylene, etc.
  • arylene groups phenylene, naphthalenediyl
  • heteroarylene groups pyridined
  • R and R ′ each independently include an alkyl group, an aryl group, and the like. These linking groups may further have a substituent.
  • L 1 , L 2 and L 3 are preferably a single bond, an alkylene group, an arylene group, a heteroarylene group, an imino group, an oxy group, a thio group or a silylene group. More preferably a single bond, an alkylene group, an arylene group or an imino group, still more preferably a single bond, an alkylene group or an arylene group, still more preferably a single bond, a methylene group or a phenylene group, still more preferably.
  • Single bond, disubstituted methylene group more preferably single bond, dimethylmethylene group, diethylmethylene group, diisobutylmethylene group, dibenzylmethylene group, ethylmethylmethylene group, methylpropylmethylene group, isobutylmethylmethylene group, diphenyl Methylene group, methylphenylmethylene group, cyclohexanediyl group, A lopentanediyl group, a fluorenediyl group, and a fluoromethylmethylene group.
  • L 1 is particularly preferably a dimethylmethylene group, a diphenylmethylene group, or a cyclohexanediyl group, and most preferably a dimethylmethylene group.
  • L 2 and L 3 are most preferably a single bond.
  • platinum complexes represented by the general formula (C-1) a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-2) is more preferable.
  • L 21 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • a 21 and A 22 each independently represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • Z 21 and Z 22 each independently represent a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring.
  • Z 23 and Z 24 each independently represents a benzene ring or an aromatic heterocycle.
  • L 21 has the same meaning as L 1 in formula (C-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • a 21 and A 22 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom. Of A 21, A 22, Preferably, at least one is a carbon atom, it A 21, A 22 are both carbon atoms are preferred from the standpoint of emission quantum yield stability aspects and complexes of the complex .
  • Z 21 and Z 22 each independently represent a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle.
  • the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle represented by Z 21 and Z 22 include a pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, triazine ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, triazole ring, oxadiazole ring, Examples include thiadiazole rings.
  • the ring represented by Z 21 and Z 22 is preferably a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, an imidazole ring or a pyrazole ring, more preferably a pyridine ring.
  • the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle represented by Z 21 and Z 22 may have a substituent, and the substituent group A is a substituent on a carbon atom, and the substituent on a nitrogen atom is The substituent group B can be applied.
  • the substituent on the carbon atom is preferably an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, a dialkylamino group, a diarylamino group, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, or a fluorine atom.
  • the substituent is appropriately selected for controlling the emission wavelength and potential, but in the case of shortening the wavelength, an electron donating group, a fluorine atom, and an aromatic ring group are preferable.
  • an alkyl group, a dialkylamino group, an alkoxy group, A fluorine atom, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group and the like are selected.
  • an electron withdrawing group is preferable, and for example, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, and the like are selected.
  • the substituent on the nitrogen atom is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and an alkyl group or an aryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of the stability of the complex.
  • the substituents may be linked to form a condensed ring, and the formed ring includes a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, and a pyrazole. Ring, thiophene ring, furan ring and the like.
  • Z 23 and Z 24 each independently represent a benzene ring or an aromatic heterocycle.
  • the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle represented by Z 23 and Z 24 include pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, pyridazine ring, triazine ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, triazole ring, oxadi Examples include an azole ring, a thiadiazole ring, a thiophene ring, and a furan ring.
  • the ring represented by Z 23 and Z 24 is preferably a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, or a thiophene ring, More preferred are a benzene ring, a pyridine ring and a pyrazole ring, and still more preferred are a benzene ring and a pyridine ring.
  • the benzene ring and nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle represented by Z 23 and Z 24 may have a substituent.
  • the substituent group A is substituted on the nitrogen atom.
  • the substituent group B can be applied as the group.
  • Preferred substituents on carbon are alkyl groups, perfluoroalkyl groups, aryl groups, aromatic heterocyclic groups, dialkylamino groups, diarylamino groups, alkoxy groups, cyano groups, and fluorine atoms.
  • the substituent is appropriately selected for controlling the emission wavelength and potential, but in the case of increasing the wavelength, an electron donating group and an aromatic ring group are preferable, for example, an alkyl group, a dialkylamino group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, An aromatic heterocyclic group or the like is selected.
  • an electron withdrawing group is preferable, and for example, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, and the like are selected.
  • the substituent on the nitrogen atom is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and an alkyl group or an aryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of the stability of the complex.
  • the substituents may be linked to form a condensed ring, and the formed ring includes a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, and a pyrazole. Ring, thiophene ring, furan ring and the like.
  • platinum complexes represented by the general formula (C-2) one of the more preferred embodiments is a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-4).
  • a 401 to A 414 each independently represents C—R or a nitrogen atom.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • L 41 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • a 401 to A 414 each independently represents C—R or a nitrogen atom.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituent represented by R those exemplified as the substituent group A can be applied.
  • a 401 to A 406 are preferably C—R, and Rs may be connected to each other to form a ring.
  • R in A 402 and A 405 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group.
  • R in A 401 , A 403 , A 404 and A 406 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a fluorine atom or a cyano group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an amino group.
  • L 41 has the same meaning as L 1 in formula (C-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • the number of N is preferably 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 to 1.
  • a 408 or A 412 is preferably a nitrogen atom, and both A 408 and A 412 are more preferably nitrogen atoms.
  • R in A 408 and A 412 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a fluorine atom, A cyano group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a perfluoroalkyl group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a fluorine atom or a cyano group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, a phenyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group or a cyano group.
  • R in A 407 , A 409 , A 411 and A 413 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a fluorine atom or a cyano group, more preferably Of these, a hydrogen atom, a perfluoroalkyl group, a fluorine atom, and a cyano group are preferable, and a hydrogen atom, a phenyl group, and a fluorine atom are particularly preferable.
  • R in A 410 and A 414 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • platinum complexes represented by the general formula (C-2) one of the more preferred embodiments is a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-5).
  • a 501 to A 512 each independently represents C—R or a nitrogen atom, R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and L 51 represents a single bond or a divalent linkage. Represents a group.
  • a 501 to A 506 and L 51 have the same meanings as A 401 to A 406 and L 41 in formula (C-4), and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituent represented by R those exemplified as the substituent group A can be applied.
  • R is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, Dialkylamino group, diarylamino group, alkyloxy group, cyano group, fluorine atom, more preferably hydrogen atom, alkyl group, perfluoroalkyl group, aryl group, dialkylamino group, cyano group, fluorine atom, more preferably , Hydrogen atom, alkyl group, trifluoromethyl group, fluorine atom.
  • substituents may be linked to form a condensed ring structure.
  • At least one of A 507 , A 508 and A 509 and A 510 , A 511 and A 512 is preferably a nitrogen atom, and particularly preferably A 510 or A 507 is a nitrogen atom.
  • platinum complexes represented by the general formula (C-1) another more preferable embodiment is a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-6).
  • L 61 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • a 61 independently represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • Z 61 and Z 62 each independently represent a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring.
  • Z 63 independently represents a benzene ring or an aromatic heterocycle, and Y is an anionic acyclic ligand bonded to Pt.
  • L 61 has the same meaning as L 1 in formula (C-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • a 61 represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom. In view of the stability of the complex and the light emission quantum yield of the complex, A 61 is preferably a carbon atom.
  • Z 61 and Z 62 are synonymous with Z 21 and Z 22 in the general formula (C-2), respectively, and preferred ranges thereof are also the same.
  • Z 63 has the same meaning as Z 23 in formula (C-2), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • Y is an anionic acyclic ligand that binds to Pt.
  • An acyclic ligand is one in which atoms bonded to Pt do not form a ring in the form of a ligand.
  • a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom are preferable, a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom are more preferable, and an oxygen atom is the most preferable.
  • a vinyl ligand is mentioned as Y couple
  • Examples of Y bonded to Pt with an oxygen atom include an alkoxy ligand, an aryloxy ligand, a heteroaryloxy ligand, an acyloxy ligand, a silyloxy ligand, a carboxyl ligand, a phosphate ligand, Examples thereof include sulfonic acid ligands.
  • Examples of Y bonded to Pt with a sulfur atom include alkyl mercapto ligands, aryl mercapto ligands, heteroaryl mercapto ligands, and thiocarboxylic acid ligands.
  • the ligand represented by Y may have a substituent, and those listed as the substituent group A can be appropriately applied as the substituent. Moreover, substituents may be connected to each other.
  • the ligand represented by Y is preferably a ligand bonded to Pt with an oxygen atom, more preferably an acyloxy ligand, an alkyloxy ligand, an aryloxy ligand, a heteroaryloxy ligand. , A silyloxy ligand, and more preferably an acyloxy ligand.
  • platinum complexes represented by the general formula (C-6) one of more preferred embodiments is a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-7).
  • a 701 to A 710 each independently represents C—R or a nitrogen atom, R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, L 71 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, Y represents An anionic acyclic ligand that binds to Pt.
  • L 71 has the same meaning as L 61 in formula (C-6), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • a 701 to A 710 have the same meanings as A 401 to A 410 in formula (C-4), and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • Y has the same meaning as Y in formula (C-6), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • platinum complex represented by the general formula (C-1) include [0143] to [0152], [0157] to [0158], and [0162] to [0168] of JP-A-2005-310733.
  • Examples of the platinum complex compound represented by the general formula (C-1) include Journal of Organic Chemistry 53,786, (1988), G.S. R. Newkome et al. ), Page 789, method described in left column 53 to right column 7, line 790, method described in left column 18 to 38, method 790, method described in right column 19 to 30 and The combination, Chemische Berichte 113, 2749 (1980), H.C. Lexy et al.), Page 2752, lines 26 to 35, and the like.
  • a ligand or a dissociated product thereof and a metal compound are mixed with a solvent (for example, a halogen solvent, an alcohol solvent, an ether solvent, an ester solvent, a ketone solvent, a nitrile solvent, an amide solvent, a sulfone solvent,
  • a solvent for example, a halogen solvent, an alcohol solvent, an ether solvent, an ester solvent, a ketone solvent, a nitrile solvent, an amide solvent, a sulfone solvent
  • a base inorganic and organic bases such as sodium methoxide, t-butoxypotassium, triethylamine, potassium carbonate, etc.
  • a base inorganic and organic bases such as sodium methoxide, t-butoxypotassium, triethylamine, potassium carbonate, etc.
  • the content of the compound represented by formula (C-1) in the light emitting layer of the present invention is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 3 to 25% by mass in the light emitting layer. More preferably, it is 20 mass%.
  • the iridium complex is preferably an iridium complex represented by the following general formula (T-1). [Compound represented by formula (T-1)] The compound represented by formula (T-1) will be described.
  • R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, Represents a fluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R T , —C (O) R T , —N (R T ) 2 , —NO 2 , —OR T , a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group; You may have.
  • E represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • Q is a 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring or condensed aromatic heterocyclic ring containing one or more nitrogen atoms.
  • the line connecting E and N is represented by a single line, but the bond type is not limited, and each may be a single bond or a double bond.
  • R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 may be any two adjacent to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl or hetero It is aryl, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent T.
  • the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may be further condensed, and the further condensed ring may have a substituent T.
  • Each substituent T independently, a fluorine atom, -R ', - OR', - N (R ') 2, -SR', - C (O) R ', - C (O) OR', - C ( O) represents N (R ′) 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —SO 2 , —SOR ′, —SO 2 R ′, or —SO 3 R ′, and each R ′ independently represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl Represents a group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • (XY) represents a ligand.
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 2.
  • m + n is 3.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the group that may be substituted include the substituent T described above.
  • the alkyl group represented by R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Groups such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an i-propyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a t-butyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the group that may be substituted include the above-described substituent T.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 , and R T6 is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 ring members, and more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 total carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the alkyl group include a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group.
  • the alkenyl group represented by R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • alkynyl group represented by R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 , R T6 is preferably a group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 , R T6 is preferably a group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • ethynyl, propargyl, 1-propynyl, 3-pentynyl and the like are examples thereof.
  • Examples of the heteroalkyl group represented by R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 , and R T6 include groups in which at least one carbon of the alkyl group is replaced with O, NR T , or S.
  • Examples of the halogen atom represented by R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 , and R T6 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom is preferable.
  • the aryl group represented by R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 6 carbon atoms. 20 aryl groups.
  • the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, an anthryl group, a terphenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a phenanthryl group, a pyrenyl group, a triphenylenyl group, and a tolyl group.
  • Group, biphenyl group, anthryl group or terphenyl group is preferable, and phenyl group, fluorenyl group and naphthyl group are more preferable.
  • the heteroaryl group represented by R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 , and R T6 is preferably a heteroaryl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered substituent.
  • an unsubstituted heteroaryl group for example, pyridyl group, pyrazinyl group, pyridazinyl group, pyrimidinyl group, triazinyl group, quinolinyl group, isoquinolinyl group, quinazolinyl group, cinnolinyl group, phthalazinyl group, quinoxalinyl group, pyrrolyl group, indolyl group , Furyl group, benzofuryl group, thienyl group, benzothienyl group, pyrazolyl group, imidazolyl group, benzimidazolyl group, triazolyl group, oxazolyl group, benzoxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, benzothiazolyl group, isothiazolyl group, benzisothiazolyl group , Thiadiazolyl group, a Examples include a soxazolyl group, a benzisoxazo
  • R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 are preferably a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, cyano group, trifluoromethyl group, perfluoroalkyl group, dialkylamino group, fluorine atom, aryl group, heteroaryl group And more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluorine atom or an aryl group, and still more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • substituent T an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, and a dialkylamino group are preferable, and a hydrogen atom is more preferable.
  • R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 may be any two adjacent to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl or hetero It is aryl, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent T.
  • the definition and preferred range of the cycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl formed are the same as the cycloalkyl group, aryl group and heteroaryl group defined by R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 .
  • Examples of the aromatic heterocycle represented by ring Q include a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrazole ring, a pyrrole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, an oxazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, a thiazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, and the like.
  • a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring and a pyrazole ring are preferable, and a pyridine ring and a pyrazole ring are more preferable.
  • Examples of the condensed aromatic heterocycle represented by ring Q include a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, and a quinoxaline ring. Preferred are a quinoline ring and an isoquinoline ring, and more preferred is a quinoline ring.
  • M is preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 2 or 3. That is, n is preferably 0 or 1. It is preferable that the kind of ligand in a complex is comprised from 1 or 2 types, More preferably, it is 1 type. When introducing a reactive group into the complex molecule, it is also preferred that the ligand consists of two types from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
  • the metal complex represented by the general formula (T-1) includes a ligand represented by the following general formula (T-1-A) in the general formula (T-1) or a tautomer thereof, and (X -Y) or a combination with a tautomer thereof, or all of the ligands of the metal complex are represented by the following general formula (T-1-A) Or a tautomer thereof.
  • R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 , R T6 , E and Q are the same as R T3 ′, R T3 , R in the general formula (T-1).
  • T4 , R T5 , R T6 , E and Q represents the coordination position to iridium.
  • a ligand used for forming a conventionally known metal complex
  • a ligand also referred to as a coordination compound
  • XY a ligand represented by (XY). You may do it.
  • ligands used in conventionally known metal complexes.
  • ligands eg, halogen ligands (preferably chlorine ligands), etc., published in 1987, published by Yersin, “Organometallic Chemistry-Fundamentals and Applications-”
  • Nitrogen heteroaryl ligands for example, bipyridyl, phenanthroline, etc.
  • diketone ligands for example, acetylacetone, etc.
  • the ligand represented by (XY) is preferably a diketone or a picolinic acid.
  • the derivative is most preferably acetylacetonate (acac) shown below from the viewpoint of obtaining stability of the complex and high luminous efficiency.
  • Rx, Ry and Rz each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituents include a substituent selected from the substituent group A.
  • Rx and Rz are each independently an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, a fluorine atom or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, A fluorine atom and an optionally substituted phenyl group are most preferred, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluorine atom and a phenyl group are most preferred.
  • Ry is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, a fluorine atom, or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted phenyl group. And most preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Since these ligands are not considered to be sites where electrons are transported in the device or where electrons are concentrated by excitation, Rx, Ry, and Rz may be any chemically stable substituent, and the effects of the present invention can be achieved. Also has no effect. (I-1), (I-4) and (I-5) are preferred because complex synthesis is easy, and (I-1) is most preferred.
  • Ligands having these ligands can be synthesized in the same manner as in known synthesis examples by using corresponding ligand precursors. For example, in the same manner as described in International Publication No. 2009-073245, page 46, it can be synthesized by the following method using commercially available difluoroacetylacetone.
  • a monoanionic ligand represented by the general formula (I-15) can also be used as the ligand.
  • R T7 to R T10 in general formula (I-15) have the same meanings as R T3 to R T6 in general formula (T-1), and the preferred ranges are also the same.
  • R T7 ′ to R T10 ′ have the same meaning as R T3 ′, and the preferred range is also the same as R T3 ′. * Represents a coordination position to iridium.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (T-1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (T-2).
  • R T3 ′ to R T6 ′ and R T3 to R T6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, —CN, perfluoroalkyl group, trifluorovinyl.
  • R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 may be any two adjacent to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring further has a substituent Z It may be.
  • a ring may be formed by linking with a linking group selected from —O—C (R T ) 2 —, —NR T —C (R T ) 2 —, and —N ⁇ CR T —.
  • R T each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and may further have a substituent T.
  • Each substituent T independently, a fluorine atom, -R ', - OR', - N (R ') 2, -SR', - C (O) R ', - C (O) OR', - C ( O) represents N (R ′) 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —SO 2 , —SOR ′, —SO 2 R ′, or —SO 3 R ′, and each R ′ independently represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl Represents a group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • (XY) represents a ligand.
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 2.
  • m + n is 3.
  • R T4 ′ is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a fluorine atom, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R T5 ′ and R T6 ′ represent a hydrogen atom or are preferably bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered cyclic group, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered cyclic group includes cycloalkyl, cyclohetero More preferred is alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, and even more preferred is aryl.
  • substituent T in R T4 ′ to R T6 ′ an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, an alkylamino group, and a diarylamino group are preferable, and an alkyl group is more preferable.
  • One of preferable forms of the compound represented by the general formula (T-2) is R T3 ′, R T4 ′, R T5 ′, R T6 ′, R T3 , R T4 in the general formula (T-2). , R T5 and R T6 , any two adjacent groups are not bonded to each other to form a condensed ring.
  • T-2 One preferred form of the compound represented by the general formula (T-2) is a case represented by the following general formula (T-3).
  • R T3 ' ⁇ R T6' in the general formula (T3) R T3 ⁇ R T6 is, R T3 in the general formula (T-2) ' ⁇ R T6', have the same meaning as R T3 ⁇ R T6, preferably The range is the same.
  • R T7 to R T10 have the same meanings as R T3 to R T6 , and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • R T7 ′ to R T10 ′ have the same meanings as R T3 ′ to R T6 ′, and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • T-2 Another preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the general formula (T-2) is a compound represented by the following general formula (T-4).
  • R T3 ′ to R T6 ′, R T3 to R T6 , (XY), m and n in the general formula (T-4) are R T3 ′ to R T6 ′ and R in the general formula (T-2). It is synonymous with T3 to R T6 , (XY), m and n, and the preferred range is also the same.
  • R T3 ′ to R T6 ′ and R T3 to R T6 it is particularly preferred that 0 to 2 are alkyl groups or phenyl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms, and R T3 ′ to R T6 ′ and R T3 to R More preferably, one or two of T6 are alkyl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms.
  • T-2 Another preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the general formula (T-2) is a compound represented by the following general formula (T-5).
  • R T3 ′ to R T7 ′, R T3 to R T6 , (XY), m and n in the general formula (T-5) are R T3 ′ to R T6 ′ and R in the general formula (T-2).
  • T3 to R T6 have the same meanings as (XY), m and n, and the preferred ones are also the same.
  • T-1 Another preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the general formula (T-1) is a case represented by the following general formula (T-6).
  • R 1a to R 1i are the same as those in R T3 to R T6 in general formula (T-1). Further, it is particularly preferable that 0 to 2 of R 1a to R 1i are alkyl groups or aryl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms.
  • the definitions and preferred ranges of (XY), m, and n are the same as (XY), m, and n in formula (T-1).
  • T-1 Another preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the general formula (T-1) is a case represented by the following general formula (TC-1).
  • R T3 ′ to R T5 ′ and R T3 to R T6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, or trifluorovinyl.
  • R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 may be combined with each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring further has a substituent T. It may be. R T3 ', R T4', and R T5 'are two arbitrary adjacent but may form a fused 4-7 membered ring bonded to each other, the condensed 4-7 membered ring may further have a substituent group T You may do it.
  • R T each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and may further have a substituent T.
  • Each substituent T independently, a fluorine atom, -R ', - OR', - N (R ') 2, -SR', - C (O) R ', - C (O) OR', - C ( O) represents N (R ′) 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —SO 2 , —SOR ′, —SO 2 R ′, or —SO 3 R ′, and each R ′ independently represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl Represents a group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • (XY) represents a ligand.
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 2.
  • m + n is 3.
  • R T3 ′, R T3 to R T6 , (XY), m and n in the general formula (TC-1) are preferably in the ranges R T3 ′, R T3 to R T6 in the general formula (T-1), This is the same as the preferred range of (XY), m and n.
  • R T4 ′ is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an aryl group.
  • the aryl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • aryl group examples include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, an anthryl group, a terphenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a phenanthryl group, a pyrenyl group, a triphenylenyl group, and a tolyl group.
  • Group, biphenyl group, triphenylenyl group, anthryl group or terphenyl group is preferable, and phenyl group, biphenyl group, naphthyl group and triphenylenyl group are more preferable.
  • R T5 ′ is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • methyl group, ethyl group, isopropyl group, t-butyl group, n-octyl group, n-decyl group, n-hexadecyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclopentyl Group, cyclohexyl group, neopentyl group and the like preferably methyl group, ethyl group, isopropyl group and t-butyl group, more preferably methyl group.
  • One of the preferable forms of the general formula (TC-1) is a case where any two adjacent R T4 , R T5 and R T6 are bonded to each other to form a condensed ring.
  • the ring is more preferably cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl.
  • R T4 and R T5 are preferably bonded to each other to form a heteroaryl ring.
  • m is preferably 3, and n is preferably 0.
  • the general formula (TC-1) is preferably the following general formula (TC-2).
  • R T3 ′ to R T5 ′, R T3 , R T6 , and R TC1 to R TC4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cyano group, Represents a perfluoroalkyl group, a trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R T , —C (O) R T , —N (R T ) 2 , —NO 2 , —OR T , a halogen atom, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group. Further, it may have a substituent T.
  • R T3 ', R T4', and R T5 ' are two arbitrary adjacent but may form a fused 4-7 membered ring bonded to each other, the condensed 4-7 membered ring may further have a substituent group T You may do it.
  • a ring may be formed by linking with a linking group selected from —O—C (R T ) 2 —, —NR T —C (R T ) 2 —, and —N ⁇ CR T —.
  • R T each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and may further have a substituent T.
  • Each substituent T independently, a fluorine atom, -R ', - OR', - N (R ') 2, -SR', - C (O) R ', - C (O) OR', - C ( O) represents N (R ′) 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —SO 2 , —SOR ′, —SO 2 R ′, or —SO 3 R ′, and each R ′ independently represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl Represents a group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • W represents a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom to which a hydrogen atom or a substituent T is bonded.
  • (XY) represents a ligand.
  • m represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 2.
  • m + n is 3.
  • R T3 ′ to R T5 ′, R T3 and R T6 , (XY), m, and n preferably have R T3 ′ to R T5 in the general formula (TC-1).
  • R T3 and R T6 , (XY), m and n are the same as the preferred ranges.
  • the preferred range of R TC1 to R TC4 is the same as the preferred range of R T3 , preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • W is preferably a carbon atom having a substituent T
  • the substituent T is preferably an alkyl group
  • the alkyl group is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, or a t-butyl group. More preferably, it is a methyl group.
  • the general formula (TC-1) is also described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-147353.
  • the compounds exemplified as the compound represented by the general formula (T-1) can be synthesized by the method described in JP2009-99783A or various methods described in US Pat. No. 7,279,232. After synthesis, it is preferable to purify by sublimation purification after purification by column chromatography, recrystallization or the like. By sublimation purification, not only can organic impurities be separated, but inorganic salts and residual solvents can be effectively removed.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (T-1) is contained in the light emitting layer, but its use is not limited and may be further contained in any layer in the organic layer.
  • a compound represented by the following general formula (T-7) or a compound having a carbene as a ligand can also be preferably used.
  • R T11 to R T17 have the same meanings as R T3 to R T6 in the general formula (T-2), and preferred ranges thereof are also the same.
  • (XY), n, and m have the same meanings as (XY), n, and m in formula (T-2), and the preferred ranges are also the same.
  • the light emitting material in the light emitting layer is generally contained in the light emitting layer in an amount of 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the compound forming the light emitting layer. From the viewpoint of durability and external quantum efficiency.
  • the content is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, and more preferably 2% by mass to 40% by mass.
  • the thickness of the light emitting layer is not particularly limited, but is usually preferably 2 nm to 500 nm, and more preferably 3 nm to 200 nm, and more preferably 5 nm to 100 nm from the viewpoint of external quantum efficiency. More preferably.
  • the light emitting layer in the element of the present invention may have a mixed layer of a host material and a light emitting material.
  • the light emitting material may be a fluorescent light emitting material or a phosphorescent light emitting material, and the dopant may be one kind or two or more kinds.
  • the host material is preferably a charge transport material.
  • the host material may be one kind or two or more kinds, and examples thereof include a configuration in which an electron transporting host material and a hole transporting host material are mixed.
  • the light emitting layer may include a material that does not have charge transporting properties and does not emit light.
  • the light emitting layer may be a single layer or a multilayer of two or more layers. In addition, each light emitting layer may emit light with different emission colors.
  • the host material used in the present invention is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (1).
  • the host material used in the present invention, in addition to the compound represented by the general formula (1), the following compounds may be contained.
  • the host material include an electron transport material and a hole transport material, and a charge transport material is preferable.
  • the host material may be one type or two or more types, and examples thereof include a configuration in which an electron transporting host material and a hole transporting host material are mixed.
  • pyrrole indole, carbazole (eg, CBP (4,4′-di (9-carbazolyl) biphenyl), 3,3′-di (9-carbazolyl) biphenyl)), azaindole, azacarbazole, triazole, oxazole, Oxadiazole, pyrazole, imidazole, thiophene, polyarylalkane, pyrazoline, pyrazolone, phenylenediamine, arylamine, amino-substituted chalcone, styrylanthracene, fluorenone, hydrazone, stilbene, silazane, aromatic tertiary amine compound, styrylamine compound , Porphyrin compounds, polysilane compounds, poly (N-vinylcarbazole), aniline copolymers, thiophene oligomers, conductive polymer oligomers such as polythiophene,
  • the host material triplet lowest excitation energy (T 1 energy) is preferably higher than the T 1 energy of the phosphorescent light emitting material in terms of color purity, light emission efficiency, and driving durability.
  • the content of the host compound in the present invention is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of light emission efficiency and driving voltage, it is 15% by mass to 95% by mass with respect to the total compound mass forming the light emitting layer. Preferably there is.
  • the charge transport layer is a layer in which charge transfer occurs when a voltage is applied to the organic electroluminescent element.
  • Specific examples include a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron block layer, a light emitting layer, a hole block layer, an electron transport layer, and an electron injection layer.
  • a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron blocking layer, or a light emitting layer is preferable. If the charge transport layer formed by the coating method is a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron blocking layer, or a light emitting layer, it is possible to manufacture an organic electroluminescent element with low cost and high efficiency.
  • the charge transport layer is more preferably a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, or an electron block layer.
  • the hole injection layer and the hole transport layer are layers having a function of receiving holes from the anode or the anode side and transporting them to the cathode side.
  • the hole injection layer and the hole transport layer are described in detail, for example, in JP-A-2008-270736 and JP-A-2007-266458, and the matters described in these publications can be applied to the present invention.
  • the thickness of the hole transport layer is preferably 1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 5 nm to 200 nm, and even more preferably 10 nm to 100 nm.
  • the thickness of the hole injection layer is preferably from 0.1 nm to 200 nm, more preferably from 0.5 nm to 100 nm, and even more preferably from 1 nm to 100 nm.
  • the following compounds can also be preferably used as the hole injection material.
  • the hole injection layer preferably contains an electron accepting dopant.
  • an electron-accepting dopant may be any organic material or inorganic material as long as it can extract electrons from the doped material and generate radical cations.
  • TCNQ tetracyanoquinodimethane
  • F 4 -TCNQ tetrafluorotetracyanoquinodimethane
  • molybdenum oxide and the like.
  • the electron-accepting dopant in the hole injection layer is preferably contained in an amount of 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, and preferably 0.1% by mass to 40% by mass with respect to the total mass of the compound forming the hole injection layer. % Content is more preferable, and 0.5% by mass to 30% by mass is more preferable.
  • the electron injection layer and the electron transport layer are layers having a function of receiving electrons from the cathode or the cathode side and transporting them to the anode side.
  • the electron injection material and the electron transport material used for these layers may be a low molecular compound or a high molecular compound.
  • the electron injection layer and the electron transport layer are described in detail, for example, in JP-A-2008-270736 and JP-A-2007-266458, and the matters described in these publications can be applied to the present invention.
  • the thickness of the electron transport layer is preferably 1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 5 nm to 200 nm, and even more preferably 10 nm to 100 nm.
  • the thickness of the electron injection layer is preferably from 0.1 nm to 200 nm, more preferably from 0.2 nm to 100 nm, and even more preferably from 0.5 nm to 50 nm.
  • the electron transport layer preferably contains a compound represented by the general formula (E-1).
  • the electron injection layer preferably contains an electron donating dopant.
  • the electron donating dopant may be any organic material or inorganic material as long as it can give electrons to the doped material and generate radical anions. For example, tetrathiafulvalene (TTF) , Tetrathianaphthacene (TTT), lithium, cesium and the like.
  • the electron donating dopant in the electron injection layer is preferably contained in an amount of 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, and preferably 0.1% by mass to 40% by mass with respect to the total mass of the compound forming the electron injection layer. More preferably, the content is 0.5 to 30% by mass.
  • the device of the present invention has a small charge trap in the light emitting layer adjacent layer / light emitting layer interface on the cathode side and a small charge trap in the light emitting layer or the light emitting layer adjacent layer on the cathode side.
  • the driving voltage can be reduced without deteriorating efficiency, durability, various changes during high-intensity driving, etc. it can.
  • the hole blocking layer is a layer having a function of preventing holes transported from the anode side to the light emitting layer from passing through to the cathode side.
  • a hole blocking layer can be provided as an organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer on the cathode side.
  • Examples of the organic compound constituting the hole blocking layer include the compound represented by the general formula (1) in the present invention, aluminum (III) bis (2-methyl-8-quinolinato) 4-phenylphenolate ( Aluminum complexes such as Aluminum (III) bis (2-methyl-8-quinolinato) 4-phenylphenolate (abbreviated as BAlq)), triazole derivatives, 2,9-dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline ( And phenanthroline derivatives such as 2,9-dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline (abbreviated as BCP)), triphenylene derivatives, and carbazole derivatives.
  • the triphenylene derivatives are described in, for example, International Publication No. 05/013388, International Publication No. 06/130598, and International Publication No. 09/021107.
  • the triphenylene derivative is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (Tp-1).
  • R 12 to R 23 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an alkyl group, a phenyl group optionally substituted with a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group, Represents a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group, provided that R 12 to R 23 are not all hydrogen atoms.
  • Examples of the alkyl group represented by R 12 to R 23 include methyl group, ethyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, t-butyl group, n-octyl group, n-decyl group, n-hexadecyl group, and cyclopropyl.
  • R 12 to R 23 are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group (these are further an alkyl group, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group). More preferably a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group, which may be substituted with a group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group.
  • the thickness of the hole blocking layer is preferably 1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 5 nm to 200 nm, and even more preferably 10 nm to 100 nm.
  • the hole blocking layer may have a single layer structure made of one or more of the materials described above, or may have a multilayer structure made of a plurality of layers having the same composition or different compositions.
  • the electron blocking layer is a layer having a function of preventing electrons transported from the cathode side to the light emitting layer from passing through to the anode side.
  • an electron blocking layer can be provided as an organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer on the anode side.
  • the thickness of the electron blocking layer is preferably 1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 5 nm to 200 nm, and even more preferably 10 nm to 100 nm.
  • the electron blocking layer may have a single layer structure composed of one or more of the above-described materials, or may have a multilayer structure composed of a plurality of layers having the same composition or different compositions.
  • the entire organic EL element may be protected by a protective layer.
  • a material contained in the protective layer any material may be used as long as it has a function of preventing materials that promote device deterioration such as moisture and oxygen from entering the device.
  • the protective layer the matters described in JP-A-2008-270736, paragraphs [0169] to [0170] can be applied to the present invention.
  • the element of this invention may seal the whole element using a sealing container.
  • a sealing container the matters described in paragraph [0171] of JP-A-2008-270736 can be applied to the present invention.
  • a moisture absorbent or an inert liquid may be sealed in a space between the sealing container and the light emitting element.
  • a moisture absorber For example, barium oxide, sodium oxide, potassium oxide, calcium oxide, sodium sulfate, calcium sulfate, magnesium sulfate, phosphorus pentoxide, calcium chloride, magnesium chloride, copper chloride Cesium fluoride, niobium fluoride, calcium bromide, vanadium bromide, molecular sieve, zeolite, magnesium oxide and the like.
  • the inert liquid is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include paraffins, liquid paraffins, fluorine-based solvents such as perfluoroalkane, perfluoroamine, and perfluoroether, chlorine-based solvents, and silicone oils.
  • the organic electroluminescence device of the present invention emits light by applying a direct current (which may include an alternating current component as necessary) voltage (usually 2 to 15 volts) or a direct current between the anode and the cathode.
  • a direct current which may include an alternating current component as necessary
  • the driving method of the organic electroluminescence device of the present invention is described in JP-A-2-148687, JP-A-6-301355, JP-A-5-290080, JP-A-7-134558, JP-A-8-234585, and JP-A-8-2441047.
  • the driving methods described in each publication, Japanese Patent No. 2784615, US Pat. Nos. 5,828,429 and 6,023,308 can be applied.
  • the external quantum efficiency of the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention is preferably 5% or more, more preferably 7% or more.
  • the value of the external quantum efficiency should be the maximum value of the external quantum efficiency when the device is driven at 20 ° C., or the value of the external quantum efficiency near 100 to 300 cd / m 2 when the device is driven at 20 ° C. Can do.
  • the internal quantum efficiency of the organic electroluminescence device of the present invention is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and further preferably 70% or more.
  • the internal quantum efficiency of the device is calculated by dividing the external quantum efficiency by the light extraction efficiency. In a normal organic EL element, the light extraction efficiency is about 20%.
  • the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention preferably has a maximum emission wavelength (maximum intensity wavelength of emission spectrum) of 350 nm to 700 nm, more preferably 350 nm to 600 nm, still more preferably 400 nm to 520 nm, particularly preferably. It is 400 nm or more and 465 nm or less.
  • the light-emitting element of the present invention can be suitably used for light-emitting devices, pixels, display elements, displays, backlights, electrophotography, illumination light sources, recording light sources, exposure light sources, reading light sources, signs, signboards, interiors, optical communications, and the like .
  • it is preferably used for a device driven in a region having a high light emission luminance, such as a lighting device and a display device.
  • FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of the light emitting device of the present invention.
  • the light-emitting device 20 of FIG. 2 is comprised by the board
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of the light emitting device of the present invention.
  • the light-emitting device 20 of FIG. 2 is comprised by the board
  • the organic electroluminescent device 10 is configured by sequentially laminating an anode (first electrode) 3, an organic layer 11, and a cathode (second electrode) 9 on a substrate 2.
  • a protective layer 12 is laminated on the cathode 9, and a sealing container 16 is provided on the protective layer 12 with an adhesive layer 14 interposed therebetween.
  • a part of each electrode 3 and 9, a partition, an insulating layer, etc. are abbreviate
  • the adhesive layer 14 a photocurable adhesive such as an epoxy resin or a thermosetting adhesive can be used, and for example, a thermosetting adhesive sheet can also be used.
  • the use of the light-emitting device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and for example, it can be a display device such as a television, a personal computer, a mobile phone, and electronic paper in addition to a lighting device.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of a lighting device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the illumination device 40 according to the embodiment of the present invention includes the organic EL element 10 and the light scattering member 30 described above. More specifically, the lighting device 40 is configured such that the substrate 2 of the organic EL element 10 and the light scattering member 30 are in contact with each other.
  • the light scattering member 30 is not particularly limited as long as it can scatter light.
  • the light scattering member 30 is a member in which fine particles 32 are dispersed on a transparent substrate 31.
  • a glass substrate can be preferably cited.
  • the fine particles 32 transparent resin fine particles can be preferably exemplified.
  • the glass substrate and the transparent resin fine particles known ones can be used. In such an illuminating device 40, when light emitted from the organic electroluminescent element 10 enters the light incident surface 30A of the light scattering member 30, the incident light is scattered by the light scattering member 30, and the scattered light is scattered by the light emitting surface 30B. Is emitted as illumination light.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the examples was synthesized with reference to International Publication No. 2004/074399 pamphlet and the like.
  • compound (1) can be synthesized by the method described in International Publication No. 2004/074399, page 52, line 22 to page 54, line 15.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) was synthesized with reference to Japanese Patent No. 4308663.
  • the organic materials used in this example were all purified by sublimation and analyzed by high performance liquid chromatography (Tosoh TSKgel ODS-100Z). Purity of 99.9 was obtained unless the absorption intensity area ratio was 254 nm. % Or more was used.
  • Example 1 ⁇ Production of organic electroluminescence device> A glass substrate (ITO film thickness is 100 nm) having an indium tin oxide (ITO) film with a thickness of 0.7 mm and a 2.5 cm square is placed in a cleaning container, subjected to ultrasonic cleaning in 2-propanol, and then UV-ozone for 30 minutes. Processed. The following layers were deposited on this glass substrate by a vacuum deposition method using a vacuum deposition apparatus (Small-ELVESS, manufactured by Tokki Co., Ltd.).
  • a vacuum deposition apparatus Small-ELVESS, manufactured by Tokki Co., Ltd.
  • a vapor deposition rate is 0.2 nm / sec unless there is particular notice.
  • the deposition rate was measured using a quartz resonator.
  • the pressure is 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 Pa or less.
  • the thickness of each layer below was measured using a quartz resonator.
  • HIL-1 purity 97%) was formed as a hole injection layer by vacuum deposition so as to have a thickness of 10 nm.
  • N, N′-dinaphthyl-N, N′-diphenyl- [1,1′-biphenyl] -4,4′-diamine is formed as a hole transport layer on the hole injection layer. It was formed by vacuum deposition so as to be 30 nm.
  • a film was formed by vacuum deposition.
  • a hole blocking layer was formed on the light emitting layer by vacuum deposition of HBL-A to a thickness of 10 nm.
  • e-4 was deposited as an electron transport layer on the hole blocking layer by vacuum deposition so as to have a thickness of 30 nm.
  • LiF was deposited as an electron injection layer on the electron transport layer by vacuum deposition so that the thickness was 1 nm.
  • a patterned mask (a mask having a light emitting area of 2 mm ⁇ 2 mm) was set as a cathode, and metal aluminum was vacuum deposited to a thickness of 100 nm to form a film.
  • the laminate produced as described above was placed in a glove box substituted with argon gas, and sealed with a glass sealing can and an ultraviolet curable adhesive (XNR5516HV, manufactured by Nagase Ciba Co., Ltd.).
  • the organic electroluminescent element of Example 1 was produced.
  • a device manufactured as described above was also manufactured.
  • Example 1 The organic electroluminescence device of Example 1 produced was evaluated for light emission efficiency, drive voltage, durability, and chromaticity as follows. Roll-off (decrease in efficiency during high-intensity drive) and electron transport layer thickness of about 10 nm The amount of change in chromaticity x was calculated.
  • Luminance 1,000 cd / m while maintaining the current density at second organic electroluminescent device of the continuous light emission is allowed time until the luminance 500 cd / m 2 to (h) was calculated as the durability.
  • the durability of Comparative Example 3 is set to 100
  • the durability of Comparative Example 11 is set to 100
  • the durability of Comparative Example 17 is set to 100
  • the durability of Comparative Example 24 was taken as 100, and is shown as a relative value.
  • a DC constant voltage was applied to the organic electroluminescence device of Example 1 to emit light using a source measure unit type 2400 manufactured by Toyo Technica.
  • the obtained emission spectrum was measured with an emission spectrum measurement system (ELS1500) manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, and an x value was calculated from the obtained spectrum using a CIE color system.
  • the x value is a value at a current density of 10 mA / cm 2 .
  • Examples 2 to 31, and 33, and Comparative Examples 1 to 27 and 29 An element was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the element configuration, the thickness of each layer, the compound used in each layer, and the content thereof were changed as shown in Tables 1 to 4 below.
  • the guest content of the light emitting layer is mass% with respect to the total mass of the light emitting layer.
  • Example 32 and Comparative Example 28 On the surface of the glass substrate having the washed indium tin oxide (ITO) film, an aqueous solution of poly (3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene) -poly (styrenesulfonic acid (PEDOT / PSS) (manufactured by Bayer) at 3000 to 4000 rpm.
  • the device of Example 32 was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as Example 22 except that the hole injection layer was formed by spin coating at a rotational speed of approximately, removing the film other than the light emitting region and then baking at 200 ° C.
  • a device of Comparative Example 28 was fabricated and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 32 except that the host material of the light emitting layer was changed to mCP.
  • Comparative Example 30 The device of Comparative Example 30 was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the device configuration, the thickness of each layer, the compound used in each layer, and the content thereof were changed as shown in Table 5 below. The results are shown in Table 5 below.
  • the element of Comparative Example 30 is significantly inferior to the element of Example 1 in suppressing reduction in efficiency (roll-off) during high-intensity driving and in suppressing the dependence of chromaticity on the electron transport layer thickness. I understand.
  • a film of a layer including a compound having an electron transporting property between a light emitting layer and a cathode which is excellent in terms of luminous efficiency, driving voltage, and durability, has a small decrease in efficiency when driven at high luminance. It is possible to provide an organic electroluminescence device in which the emission chromaticity of the device is less dependent on the thickness.

Abstract

Disclosed is an organic electroluminescent element which is excellent with respect to luminous efficiency, driving voltage and durability and rarely undergoes the deterioration in efficiency during high-luminance driving, and in which the luminescent chromaticity of the element hardly depends on the thickness of a layer that is arranged between a light-emitting layer and a cathode and contains a compound having electron-transporting properties. Specifically disclosed is an organic electroluminescent element which comprises, on a substrate, a pair of electrodes composed of an anode and a cathode and a light-emitting layer arranged between the electrodes, and additionally comprises at least one organic layer arranged between the light-emitting layer and the cathode, wherein the light-emitting layer contains, for example, a compound (A-1), and the at last one organic layer arranged between the light-emitting layer and the cathode contains, for example, a compound (e-1).

Description

有機電界発光素子Organic electroluminescence device
 本発明は有機電界発光素子に関する。 The present invention relates to an organic electroluminescent device.
 有機電界発光素子(以下、「素子」、「有機EL素子」ともいう)は、低電圧駆動で高輝度の発光が得られることから活発に研究開発が行われている。有機電界発光素子は、一対の電極間に有機層を有し、陰極から注入された電子と陽極から注入された正孔とが有機層において再結合し、生成した励起子のエネルギーを発光に利用するものである。 Organic electroluminescent elements (hereinafter also referred to as “elements” and “organic EL elements”) are actively researched and developed because they can emit light with high luminance when driven at a low voltage. An organic electroluminescent element has an organic layer between a pair of electrodes, and electrons injected from the cathode and holes injected from the anode recombine in the organic layer, and the generated exciton energy is used for light emission. To do.
 近年、燐光発光材料を用いることにより、素子の高効率化が進んでいる。また、発光材料をホスト材料中にドープした発光層を用いるドープ型素子が広く採用されている。
 例えば、特許文献1には、発光層において、燐光発光材料としてイリジウム錯体を用い、ホスト材料としてカルバゾール構造を含む化合物を用いた有機電界発光素子が記載されている。
In recent years, the use of phosphorescent light emitting materials has led to higher efficiency of devices. In addition, a doped element using a light emitting layer in which a light emitting material is doped in a host material is widely used.
For example, Patent Document 1 describes an organic electroluminescent element using an iridium complex as a phosphorescent material and a compound containing a carbazole structure as a host material in a light emitting layer.
 また、有機電界発光素子の効率及び耐久性等の向上を目的として、電子輸送性を有する化合物の開発も行われている。
 例えば特許文献2には蛍光発光材料を含む発光層と陰極との間に、アントラセン構造とベンゾイミダゾール構造を含む特定の化合物からなる電子輸送層を設けた有機電界発光素子が記載されている。
In addition, for the purpose of improving the efficiency and durability of organic electroluminescent elements, compounds having electron transport properties have also been developed.
For example, Patent Document 2 describes an organic electroluminescence device in which an electron transport layer made of a specific compound containing an anthracene structure and a benzimidazole structure is provided between a light emitting layer containing a fluorescent material and a cathode.
 また、特許文献3には、発光層において、燐光発光材料としてイリジウム錯体を用い、ホスト材料としてカルバゾール構造を含む化合物を用い、かつ発光層と陰極との間に、アントラセン構造とベンゾイミダゾール構造を含む特定の化合物からなる電子輸送層を設けた有機電界発光素子が記載されている。
 特許文献4及び5にも、アントラセン構造とベンゾイミダゾール構造を含む化合物を有する有機電界発光素子が記載されている。
In Patent Document 3, an iridium complex is used as a phosphorescent material in the light emitting layer, a compound containing a carbazole structure is used as a host material, and an anthracene structure and a benzimidazole structure are included between the light emitting layer and the cathode. An organic electroluminescent device provided with an electron transport layer made of a specific compound is described.
Patent Documents 4 and 5 also describe an organic electroluminescent device having a compound containing an anthracene structure and a benzimidazole structure.
日本国特開2008-147353号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2008-147353 日本国特許第4308663号公報Japanese Patent No. 4308663 国際公開第08/015949号International Publication No. 08/015949 日本国特表2005-515233号公報Japanese National Table 2005-515233 国際公開第08/133483号International Publication No. 08/133383
 例えば、照明用途等では1万cd/m程度の高輝度での駆動も考えられるが、本発明者らの検討によると、従来の有機電界発光素子では、高輝度駆動時には低輝度駆動時に比べて効率の低下(ロールオフ現象)が顕著であることが分かった。
 また、従来の有機電界発光素子では、ホスト材料の電子輸送性が低いため、発光層と電子輸送層の界面付近で発光が起こり、電子輸送層の膜厚が変化すると発光色度が大きく変化するという問題があることが分かった。
 また、上記問題を解決しつつ、発光効率が高く、駆動電圧が低く、かつ耐久性が高い素子が求められている。
For example, driving with high luminance of about 10,000 cd / m 2 can be considered for lighting applications, etc., but according to the study by the present inventors, conventional organic electroluminescent elements have a higher luminance driving than a lower luminance driving. It was found that the efficiency drop (roll-off phenomenon) was remarkable.
Further, in the conventional organic electroluminescent device, since the electron transport property of the host material is low, light emission occurs near the interface between the light emitting layer and the electron transport layer, and the emission chromaticity changes greatly as the film thickness of the electron transport layer changes. It turns out that there is a problem.
In addition, there is a need for an element that has high luminous efficiency, low driving voltage, and high durability while solving the above problems.
 本発明の目的は、上記事情に鑑み、発光効率、駆動電圧、耐久性の観点で優れ、高輝度駆動時の効率の低下が少なく、かつ発光層と陰極の間の、電子輸送性を有する化合物を含む層の膜厚に素子の発光色度が依存しにくい有機電界発光素子を提供することである。 In view of the above circumstances, an object of the present invention is a compound that is excellent in terms of light emission efficiency, drive voltage, and durability, has little decrease in efficiency during high luminance drive, and has an electron transport property between the light emitting layer and the cathode It is an object to provide an organic electroluminescence device in which the luminescence chromaticity of the device is less dependent on the film thickness of the layer containing the.
 本発明者らの検討によると、発光層にカルバゾール構造を含む特定の化合物を含有し、該発光層より陰極側の層にアントラセン構造とベンゾイミダゾール構造を含む特定の化合物を含むことにより、前記課題を解決し得ることを見出した。
 すなわち、本発明は下記の手段により達成することができる。
According to the study by the present inventors, the above-mentioned problem is caused by containing a specific compound containing a carbazole structure in the light emitting layer, and including a specific compound containing an anthracene structure and a benzimidazole structure in the cathode side layer from the light emitting layer. I found out that it could be solved.
That is, the present invention can be achieved by the following means.
〔1〕
 基板上に、陽極及び陰極からなる一対の電極と、該電極間に発光層を有し、該発光層と該陰極の間に少なくとも一層の有機層を有する有機電界発光素子であって、
 該発光層に下記一般式(1)で表される化合物を少なくとも一つ含有し、
 該発光層と該陰極の間の少なくとも一層の有機層に下記一般式(E-1)で表される化合物を少なくとも一つ含有する有機電界発光素子。
[1]
An organic electroluminescent device having a pair of electrodes consisting of an anode and a cathode on a substrate, a light emitting layer between the electrodes, and at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode,
The light emitting layer contains at least one compound represented by the following general formula (1),
An organic electroluminescence device comprising at least one compound represented by the following general formula (E-1) in at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 (一般式(1)中、Rはアルキル基、アリール基、又はシリル基を表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。但し、Rがカルバゾリル基又はペルフルオロアルキル基を表すことはない。Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。また複数のRは、互いに結合して置換基Zを有していてもよいアリール環を形成してもよい。
 R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、アリール基、シリル基、シアノ基又はフッ素原子を表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。R~Rがそれぞれ複数存在する場合、複数のR~複数のRは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 置換基Zはアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、芳香族ヘテロ環基、アルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、フッ素原子、シリル基、アミノ基、シアノ基又はこれらを組み合わせて成る基を表し、複数の置換基Zは互いに結合してアリール環を形成しても良い。
 n1は0~5の整数を表す。
 n2~n5はそれぞれ独立に、0~4の整数を表す。)
(In the general formula (1), R 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a silyl group, and may further have a substituent Z, provided that R 1 represents a carbazolyl group or a perfluoroalkyl group. If no .R 1 there are a plurality, the plurality of R 1 each may be the same or different. the plurality of R 1 may form an aryl ring which may have a substituent Z bonded to each other May be.
R 2 to R 5 each independently represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a silyl group, a cyano group, or a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent Z. When a plurality of R 2 to R 5 are present, the plurality of R 2 to R 5 may be the same as or different from each other.
The substituent Z represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a fluorine atom, a silyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, or a group formed by combining these, and a plurality of substituents Z may combine with each other to form an aryl ring.
n1 represents an integer of 0 to 5.
n2 to n5 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 (一般式(E-1)中、RE1及びRE2は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、脂肪族炭化水素基、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は、置換若しくは無置換の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。但し、RE1及びRE2が同時に水素原子であることはない。
 Arは、置換若しくは無置換のアリーレン基、又は置換若しくは無置換の2価の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。
 RE3は、水素原子、脂肪族炭化水素、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は、置換若しくは無置換の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。
 RE4は、水素原子、脂肪族炭化水素、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は、置換若しくは無置換の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。)
〔2〕
 前記一般式(1)で表される化合物が、下記一般式(2)で表される、上記〔1〕に記載の有機電界発光素子。
(In General Formula (E-1), R E1 and R E2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group. However, R E1 and R E2 are not simultaneously hydrogen atoms.
Ar represents a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent aromatic heterocyclic group.
R E3 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group.
R E4 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group. )
[2]
The organic electroluminescent element according to the above [1], wherein the compound represented by the general formula (1) is represented by the following general formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 (一般式(2)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、置換基Zを有していてもよいアルキル基、アルキル基を有していてもよいアリール基、シアノ基又はフッ素原子を表す。R及びRがそれぞれ複数存在する場合、複数のR及び複数のRは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。また複数のR及び複数のRは、それぞれ互いに結合して置換基Zを有していてもよいアリール環を形成してもよい。
 n6及びn7はそれぞれ独立に、0~5の整数を表す。
 R~R11はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、置換基Zを有していてもよいアルキル基、アルキル基を有していてもよいアリール基、置換基Zを有していてもよいシリル基、シアノ基又はフッ素原子を表す。
 置換基Zはアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、芳香族ヘテロ環基、アルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、フッ素原子、シリル基、アミノ基、シアノ基又はこれらを組み合わせて成る基を表し、複数の置換基Zは互いに結合してアリール環を形成しても良い。)
〔3〕
 前記一般式(E-1)において、RE4が無置換のアリール基である、上記〔1〕又は〔2〕に記載の有機電界発光素子。
〔4〕
 前記一般式(E-1)において、Arが無置換のアリーレン基である、上記〔1〕~〔3〕のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
〔5〕
 前記一般式(E-1)において、RE4がフェニル基である、上記〔1〕~〔4〕のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
〔6〕
 前記一般式(E-1)において、Arがフェニレン基である、上記〔1〕~〔5〕のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
〔7〕
 前記一般式(E-1)が下記一般式(E-2)又は下記一般式(E-3)で表される、上記〔1〕~〔6〕のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
(In General Formula (2), R 6 and R 7 each independently represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent Z, an aryl group which may have an alkyl group, a cyano group or a fluorine atom. When a plurality of R 6 and R 7 are present, the plurality of R 6 and the plurality of R 7 may be the same as or different from each other, and the plurality of R 6 and the plurality of R 7 are bonded to each other. An aryl ring which may have a substituent Z may be formed.
n6 and n7 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 5.
R 8 to R 11 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group optionally having substituent Z, an aryl group optionally having alkyl group, or a silyl group optionally having substituent Z Represents a cyano group or a fluorine atom.
The substituent Z represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a fluorine atom, a silyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, or a group formed by combining these, and a plurality of substituents Z may combine with each other to form an aryl ring. )
[3]
The organic electroluminescent element according to the above [1] or [2], wherein R E4 in the general formula (E-1) is an unsubstituted aryl group.
[4]
The organic electroluminescence device according to any one of [1] to [3] above, wherein, in the general formula (E-1), Ar is an unsubstituted arylene group.
[5]
The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of the above [1] to [4], wherein R E4 in the general formula (E-1) is a phenyl group.
[6]
The organic electroluminescence device according to any one of [1] to [5] above, wherein, in the general formula (E-1), Ar is a phenylene group.
[7]
The organic electroluminescence according to any one of the above [1] to [6], wherein the general formula (E-1) is represented by the following general formula (E-2) or the following general formula (E-3): element.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 (一般式(E-2)及び(E-3)中、RE1及びRE2は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、脂肪族炭化水素基、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は、置換若しくは無置換の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。但し、RE1及びRE2が同時に水素原子であることはない。
 RE3は、水素原子、脂肪族炭化水素基、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は、置換若しくは無置換の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。)
〔8〕
 前記RE3が水素原子である、上記〔1〕~〔7〕のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
〔9〕
 前記RE1及びRE2が各々独立にナフチル基である、上記〔1〕~〔8〕のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
〔10〕
 前記発光層に燐光性発光材料を含有する、上記〔1〕~〔9〕のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
〔11〕
 前記燐光性発光材料が、下記一般式(T-1)で表される化合物である、上記〔10〕に記載の有機電界発光素子。
(In General Formulas (E-2) and (E-3), R E1 and R E2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted group. However, R E1 and R E2 are not simultaneously hydrogen atoms.
R E3 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group. )
[8]
8. The organic electroluminescence device according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein R E3 is a hydrogen atom.
[9]
The organic electroluminescence device according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein R E1 and R E2 are each independently a naphthyl group.
[10]
The organic electroluminescence device according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein the light emitting layer contains a phosphorescent light emitting material.
[11]
The organic electroluminescence device according to [10], wherein the phosphorescent light-emitting material is a compound represented by the following general formula (T-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 (一般式(T-1)中、RT3’、RT3、RT4、RT5及びRT6はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、シアノ基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、トリフルオロビニル基、-CO、-C(O)R、-N(R、-NO、-OR、ハロゲン原子、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Tを有していてもよい。
 Eは炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。
 Qは窒素を1つ以上含む5員又は6員の芳香族複素環又は縮合芳香族複素環である。
 該環Qにおいて、EとNを結ぶ線は一本の線で表されているが、結合種は問わず、それぞれ単結合でも二重結合でも良い。
 RT3、RT4、RT5及びRT6は隣り合う任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合4~7員環を形成してもよく、該縮合4~7員環は、シクロアルキル、アリール又はヘテロアリールであり、該縮合4~7員環は更に置換基Tを有していてもよい。
 RT3’とRT6は、-C(R-C(R-、-CR=CR-、-C(R-、-O-、-NR-、-O-C(R-、-NR-C(R-及び-N=CR-から選択される連結基によって連結されて環を形成してもよく、Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Tを有していてもよい。
 置換基Tはそれぞれ独立に、フッ素原子、-R’、-OR’、-N(R’)、-SR’、-C(O)R’、-C(O)OR’、-C(O)N(R’)、-CN、-NO、-SO、-SOR’、-SOR’、又は-SOR’を表し、R’はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 (X-Y)は、配位子を表す。mは1~3の整数、nは0~2の整数を表す。m+nは3である。)
〔12〕
 前記発光層、及び前記陽極と前記陰極の間に存在するその他の有機層のうちいずれか少なくとも1層が溶液塗布プロセスにより形成された、上記〔1〕~〔11〕のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
〔13〕
 上記〔1〕~〔12〕のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子を用いた発光装置。
〔14〕
 上記〔1〕~〔12〕のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子を用いた表示装置。
〔15〕
 上記〔1〕~〔12〕のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子を用いた照明装置。
〔16〕
 基板上に、陽極及び陰極からなる一対の電極と、該電極間に発光層を有し、該発光層と該陰極の間に少なくとも一層の有機層を有する有機電界発光素子であって、
 該発光層に下記一般式(1)で表される化合物を少なくとも一つ含有し、
 該発光層に下記一般式(T-1)で表される燐光性発光材料を含有し、
 該発光層と該陰極の間の少なくとも一層の有機層に下記一般式(E-1)で表される化合物を少なくとも一つ含有する有機電界発光素子。
(In the general formula (T-1), R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, Represents a fluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R T , —C (O) R T , —N (R T ) 2 , —NO 2 , —OR T , a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group; You may have.
E represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
Q is a 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring or condensed aromatic heterocyclic ring containing one or more nitrogen atoms.
In the ring Q, the line connecting E and N is represented by a single line, but the bond type is not limited, and each may be a single bond or a double bond.
R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 may be any two adjacent to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl or hetero It is aryl, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent T.
R T3 ′ and R T6 are —C (R T ) 2 —C (R T ) 2 —, —CR T = CR T —, —C (R T ) 2 —, —O—, —NR T —, -O-C (R T) 2 -, - NR T -C (R T) 2 - and -N = CR T - are connected by a connecting group selected from may form a ring, R T is Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and may further have a substituent T.
Each substituent T independently, a fluorine atom, -R ', - OR', - N (R ') 2, -SR', - C (O) R ', - C (O) OR', - C ( O) represents N (R ′) 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —SO 2 , —SOR ′, —SO 2 R ′, or —SO 3 R ′, and each R ′ independently represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl Represents a group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
(XY) represents a ligand. m represents an integer of 1 to 3, and n represents an integer of 0 to 2. m + n is 3. )
[12]
Any one of [1] to [11] above, wherein at least one of the light emitting layer and the other organic layer existing between the anode and the cathode is formed by a solution coating process. Organic electroluminescent element.
[13]
A light emitting device using the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of [1] to [12].
[14]
A display device using the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of [1] to [12].
[15]
An illumination device using the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of [1] to [12].
[16]
An organic electroluminescent device having a pair of electrodes consisting of an anode and a cathode on a substrate, a light emitting layer between the electrodes, and at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode,
The light emitting layer contains at least one compound represented by the following general formula (1),
The light emitting layer contains a phosphorescent light emitting material represented by the following general formula (T-1),
An organic electroluminescence device comprising at least one compound represented by the following general formula (E-1) in at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 (一般式(1)中、Rはアルキル基、又はアリール基を表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。但し、Rがカルバゾリル基又はペルフルオロアルキル基を表すことはない。Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。また複数のRは、互いに結合して置換基Zを有していてもよいアリール環を形成してもよい。
 R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、アリール基、シリル基、シアノ基又はフッ素原子を表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。R~Rがそれぞれ複数存在する場合、複数のR~複数のRは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 置換基Zはアルキル基、アリール基、又はフッ素原子を表す。
 n1は1~4の整数を表す。
 n2~n5はそれぞれ独立に、0~4の整数を表す。)
(In General Formula (1), R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and may further have a substituent Z. However, R 1 does not represent a carbazolyl group or a perfluoroalkyl group. If 1 there are a plurality, the plurality of R 1 each may be the same or different. the plurality of R 1 may be formed an aryl ring which may have a substituent Z bonded to each other Good.
R 2 to R 5 each independently represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a silyl group, a cyano group, or a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent Z. When a plurality of R 2 to R 5 are present, the plurality of R 2 to R 5 may be the same as or different from each other.
The substituent Z represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a fluorine atom.
n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4.
n2 to n5 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 (一般式(E-1)中、RE1及びRE2は、それぞれ独立に、無置換のアリール基、又は、無置換のピリジル基を表す。
 Arは、無置換のアリーレン基、又は無置換の2価のピリジル基を表す。
 RE3は、水素原子、又は無置換のアリール基を表す。
 RE4は、無置換のアリール基、又は、無置換のピリジル基を表す。)
(In General Formula (E-1), R E1 and R E2 each independently represent an unsubstituted aryl group or an unsubstituted pyridyl group.
Ar represents an unsubstituted arylene group or an unsubstituted divalent pyridyl group.
R E3 represents a hydrogen atom or an unsubstituted aryl group.
R E4 represents an unsubstituted aryl group or an unsubstituted pyridyl group. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 (一般式(T-1)中、RT3’、RT3、RT4、RT5及びRT6はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、シアノ基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、トリフルオロビニル基、-CO、-C(O)R、-N(R、-NO、-OR、ハロゲン原子、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Tを有していてもよい。
 Eは炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。
 Qは窒素を1つ以上含む5員又は6員の芳香族複素環又は縮合芳香族複素環である。
 該環Qにおいて、EとNを結ぶ線は一本の線で表されているが、結合種は問わず、それぞれ単結合でも二重結合でも良い。
 RT3、RT4、RT5及びRT6は隣り合う任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合4~7員環を形成してもよく、該縮合4~7員環は、シクロアルキル、アリール又はヘテロアリールであり、該縮合4~7員環は更に置換基Tを有していてもよい。
 RT3’とRT6は、-C(R-C(R-、-CR=CR-、-C(R-、-O-、-NR-、-O-C(R-、-NR-C(R-及び-N=CR-から選択される連結基によって連結されて環を形成してもよく、Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Tを有していてもよい。
 置換基Tはそれぞれ独立に、フッ素原子、-R’、-OR’、-N(R’)、-SR’、-C(O)R’、-C(O)OR’、-C(O)N(R’)、-CN、-NO、-SO、-SOR’、-SOR’、又は-SOR’を表し、R’はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 (X-Y)は、配位子を表す。mは1~3の整数、nは0~2の整数を表す。m+nは3である。)
〔17〕
 前記一般式(1)で表される化合物が、下記一般式(2)で表される、上記〔16〕に記載の有機電界発光素子。
(In the general formula (T-1), R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, Represents a fluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R T , —C (O) R T , —N (R T ) 2 , —NO 2 , —OR T , a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group; You may have.
E represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
Q is a 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring or condensed aromatic heterocyclic ring containing one or more nitrogen atoms.
In the ring Q, the line connecting E and N is represented by a single line, but the bond type is not limited, and each may be a single bond or a double bond.
R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 may be any two adjacent to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl or hetero It is aryl, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent T.
R T3 ′ and R T6 are —C (R T ) 2 —C (R T ) 2 —, —CR T = CR T —, —C (R T ) 2 —, —O—, —NR T —, -O-C (R T) 2 -, - NR T -C (R T) 2 - and -N = CR T - are connected by a connecting group selected from may form a ring, R T is Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and may further have a substituent T.
Each substituent T independently, a fluorine atom, -R ', - OR', - N (R ') 2, -SR', - C (O) R ', - C (O) OR', - C ( O) represents N (R ′) 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —SO 2 , —SOR ′, —SO 2 R ′, or —SO 3 R ′, and each R ′ independently represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl Represents a group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
(XY) represents a ligand. m represents an integer of 1 to 3, and n represents an integer of 0 to 2. m + n is 3. )
[17]
The organic electroluminescence device according to [16], wherein the compound represented by the general formula (1) is represented by the following general formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 (一般式(2)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、アリール基、又はフッ素原子を表す。R及びRがそれぞれ複数存在する場合、複数のR及び複数のRは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。また複数のR及び複数のRは、それぞれ互いに結合して置換基Zを有していてもよいアリール環を形成してもよい。
 n6及びn7はそれぞれ独立に、0~2の整数を表す。
 R~R11はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、置換基Zを有していてもよいアルキル基、アルキル基を有していてもよいアリール基、置換基Zを有していてもよいシリル基、シアノ基又はフッ素原子を表す。
 置換基Zはアルキル基、アリール基、又はフッ素原子を表す。)
〔18〕
 前記一般式(E-1)において、RE4が無置換のアリール基である、上記〔16〕又は〔17〕に記載の有機電界発光素子。
〔19〕
 前記一般式(E-1)において、Arが無置換のアリーレン基である、上記〔16〕~〔18〕のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
〔20〕
 前記一般式(E-1)において、RE4がフェニル基である、上記〔16〕~〔19〕のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
〔21〕
 前記一般式(E-1)において、Arがフェニレン基である、上記〔16〕~〔20〕のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
〔22〕
 前記一般式(E-1)が下記一般式(E-2)又は下記一般式(E-3)で表される、上記〔16〕~〔21〕のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
(In the general formula (2), are each R 6 and R 7 independently represent an alkyl group, if .R 6 and R 7 representing an aryl group, or a fluorine atom is present in plural, a plurality of R 6 and a plurality of R 7 may be the same or different, and the plurality of R 6 and the plurality of R 7 may be bonded to each other to form an aryl ring which may have a substituent Z.
n6 and n7 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 2.
R 8 to R 11 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group optionally having substituent Z, an aryl group optionally having alkyl group, or a silyl group optionally having substituent Z Represents a cyano group or a fluorine atom.
The substituent Z represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a fluorine atom. )
[18]
The organic electroluminescence device according to [16] or [17] above, wherein in formula (E-1), R E4 is an unsubstituted aryl group.
[19]
The organic electroluminescence device according to any one of the above [16] to [18], wherein, in the general formula (E-1), Ar is an unsubstituted arylene group.
[20]
The organic electroluminescence device according to any one of [16] to [19] above, wherein, in the general formula (E-1), R E4 is a phenyl group.
[21]
The organic electroluminescence device according to any one of [16] to [20] above, wherein in the general formula (E-1), Ar is a phenylene group.
[22]
The organic electroluminescence according to any one of [16] to [21], wherein the general formula (E-1) is represented by the following general formula (E-2) or the following general formula (E-3): element.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 (一般式(E-2)及び(E-3)中、RE1及びRE2は、それぞれ独立に、無置換のアリール基、又は、無置換のピリジル基を表す。
 RE3は、水素原子、又は無置換のアリール基を表す。)
〔23〕
 前記RE3が水素原子である、上記〔16〕~〔22〕のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
〔24〕
 前記RE1及びRE2が各々独立にナフチル基である、上記〔16〕~〔23〕のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
〔25〕
 前記発光層、及び前記陽極と前記陰極の間に存在するその他の有機層のうちいずれか少なくとも1層が溶液塗布プロセスにより形成された、上記〔16〕~〔24〕のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
〔26〕
 上記〔16〕~〔25〕のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子を用いた発光装置。
〔27〕
 上記〔16〕~〔25〕のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子を用いた表示装置。
〔28〕
 上記〔16〕~〔25〕のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子を用いた照明装置。
(In the general formulas (E-2) and (E-3), R E1 and R E2 each independently represents an unsubstituted aryl group or an unsubstituted pyridyl group.
R E3 represents a hydrogen atom or an unsubstituted aryl group. )
[23]
The organic electroluminescence device according to any one of [16] to [22], wherein R E3 is a hydrogen atom.
[24]
The organic electroluminescence device according to any one of [16] to [23], wherein R E1 and R E2 are each independently a naphthyl group.
[25]
Any one of [16] to [24] above, wherein at least one of the light emitting layer and the other organic layer existing between the anode and the cathode is formed by a solution coating process. Organic electroluminescent element.
[26]
A light emitting device using the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of [16] to [25].
[27]
[16] A display device using the organic electroluminescent element as described in any one of [16] to [25].
[28]
An illumination device using the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of [16] to [25].
 本発明によれば、発光効率、駆動電圧、耐久性の観点で優れ、高輝度駆動時の効率の低下が少なく、かつ発光層と陰極の間の、電子輸送性を有する化合物を含む層の膜厚に素子の発光色度が依存しにくい有機電界発光素子を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, a film of a layer including a compound having an electron transporting property between a light emitting layer and a cathode, which is excellent in terms of luminous efficiency, driving voltage, and durability, has a small decrease in efficiency when driven at high luminance. It is possible to provide an organic electroluminescence device in which the emission chromaticity of the device is less dependent on the thickness.
本発明に係る有機電界発光素子の構成の一例を示す概略図である。It is the schematic which shows an example of a structure of the organic electroluminescent element which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係る発光装置の一例を示す概略図である。It is the schematic which shows an example of the light-emitting device which concerns on this invention. 本発明に係る照明装置の一例を示す概略図である。It is the schematic which shows an example of the illuminating device which concerns on this invention.
 一般式(1)及び一般式(E-1)の説明における水素原子は同位体(重水素原子等)も含み、また更に置換基を構成する原子は、その同位体も含んでいることを表す。 In the explanation of general formula (1) and general formula (E-1), the hydrogen atom also includes isotopes (deuterium atoms, etc.), and the atoms constituting the substituents also include the isotopes. .
 本発明において、置換基群A、置換基群B、及び置換基Zを下記のように定義する。
(置換基群A)
 アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~10であり、例えばメチル、エチル、イソプロピル、t-ブチル、n-オクチル、n-デシル、n-ヘキサデシル、シクロプロピル、シクロペンチル、シクロヘキシル、ネオペンチルなどが挙げられる。)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばビニル、アリル、2-ブテニル、3-ペンテニルなどが挙げられる。)、アルキニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばプロパルギル、3-ペンチニルなどが挙げられる。)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30、より好ましくは炭素数6~20、特に好ましくは炭素数6~12であり、例えばフェニル、4-メチルフェニル、2,6-ジメチルフェニルなどが挙げられる。)、アミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~30、より好ましくは炭素数0~20、特に好ましくは炭素数0~10であり、例えばアミノ、メチルアミノ、ジメチルアミノ、ジエチルアミノ、ジベンジルアミノ、ジフェニルアミノ、ジトリルアミノなどが挙げられる。)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~10であり、例えばメトキシ、エトキシ、ブトキシ、2-エチルヘキシロキシなどが挙げられる。)、アリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30、より好ましくは炭素数6~20、特に好ましくは炭素数6~12であり、例えばフェニルオキシ、1-ナフチルオキシ、2-ナフチルオキシなどが挙げられる。)、ヘテロ環オキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばピリジルオキシ、ピラジルオキシ、ピリミジルオキシ、キノリルオキシなどが挙げられる。)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~12であり、例えばアセチル、ベンゾイル、ホルミル、ピバロイルなどが挙げられる。)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~12であり、例えばメトキシカルボニル、エトキシカルボニルなどが挙げられる。)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数7~30、より好ましくは炭素数7~20、特に好ましくは炭素数7~12であり、例えばフェニルオキシカルボニルなどが挙げられる。)、アシルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばアセトキシ、ベンゾイルオキシなどが挙げられる。)、アシルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばアセチルアミノ、ベンゾイルアミノなどが挙げられる。)、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~12であり、例えばメトキシカルボニルアミノなどが挙げられる。)、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数7~30、より好ましくは炭素数7~20、特に好ましくは炭素数7~12であり、例えばフェニルオキシカルボニルアミノなどが挙げられる。)、スルホニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばメタンスルホニルアミノ、ベンゼンスルホニルアミノなどが挙げられる。)、スルファモイル基(好ましくは炭素数0~30、より好ましくは炭素数0~20、特に好ましくは炭素数0~12であり、例えばスルファモイル、メチルスルファモイル、ジメチルスルファモイル、フェニルスルファモイルなどが挙げられる。)、カルバモイル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばカルバモイル、メチルカルバモイル、ジエチルカルバモイル、フェニルカルバモイルなどが挙げられる。)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばメチルチオ、エチルチオなどが挙げられる。)、アリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30、より好ましくは炭素数6~20、特に好ましくは炭素数6~12であり、例えばフェニルチオなどが挙げられる。)、ヘテロ環チオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばピリジルチオ、2-ベンズイミゾリルチオ、2-ベンズオキサゾリルチオ、2-ベンズチアゾリルチオなどが挙げられる。)、スルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばメシル、トシルなどが挙げられる。)、スルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばメタンスルフィニル、ベンゼンスルフィニルなどが挙げられる。)、ウレイド基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばウレイド、メチルウレイド、フェニルウレイドなどが挙げられる。)、リン酸アミド基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、例えばジエチルリン酸アミド、フェニルリン酸アミドなどが挙げられる。)、ヒドロキシ基、メルカプト基、ハロゲン原子(例えばフッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)、シアノ基、スルホ基、カルボキシル基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキサム酸基、スルフィノ基、ヒドラジノ基、イミノ基、ヘテロ環基(芳香族ヘテロ環基も包含し、好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、ヘテロ原子としては、例えば窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子、リン原子、ケイ素原子、セレン原子、テルル原子であり、具体的にはピリジル、ピラジニル、ピリミジル、ピリダジニル、ピロリル、ピラゾリル、トリアゾリル、イミダゾリル、オキサゾリル、チアゾリル、イソキサゾリル、イソチアゾリル、キノリル、フリル、チエニル、セレノフェニル、テルロフェニル、ピペリジル、ピペリジノ、モルホリノ、ピロリジル、ピロリジノ、ベンゾオキサゾリル、ベンゾイミダゾリル、ベンゾチアゾリル、カルバゾリル基、アゼピニル基、シロリル基などが挙げられる。)、シリル基(好ましくは炭素数3~40、より好ましくは炭素数3~30、特に好ましくは炭素数3~24であり、例えばトリメチルシリル、トリフェニルシリルなどが挙げられる。)、シリルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数3~40、より好ましくは炭素数3~30、特に好ましくは炭素数3~24であり、例えばトリメチルシリルオキシ、トリフェニルシリルオキシなどが挙げられる。)、ホスホリル基(例えばジフェニルホスホリル基、ジメチルホスホリル基などが挙げられる。)が挙げられる。これらの置換基は更に置換されてもよく、更なる置換基としては、以上に説明した置換基群Aから選択される基を挙げることができる。
In the present invention, the substituent group A, the substituent group B, and the substituent Z are defined as follows.
(Substituent group A)
An alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, neopentyl, etc.), alkenyl groups (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms) For example, vinyl, allyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl, etc.), alkynyl group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms) For example, propargyl, 3-pentynyl, etc.), aryl groups (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferred) Has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include phenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 2,6-dimethylphenyl, and the like, amino groups (preferably having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, More preferably, it has 0 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 0 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, diethylamino, dibenzylamino, diphenylamino, ditolylamino and the like, and alkoxy groups (preferably Has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, and the like. Preferably, it has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. For example, phenyloxy, 1-naphthyloxy, 2-naphthyloxy, etc.), a heterocyclic oxy group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms). For example, pyridyloxy, pyrazyloxy, pyrimidyloxy, quinolyloxy, etc.), an acyl group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, For example, acetyl, benzoyl, formyl, pivaloyl, etc.), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms). , Ethoxycarbonyl, etc.), aryloxycarbonyl group ( The number of carbon atoms is preferably 7 to 30, more preferably 7 to 20, and particularly preferably 7 to 12, and examples thereof include phenyloxycarbonyl. ), An acyloxy group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as acetoxy, benzoyloxy, etc.), an acylamino group (preferably 2-30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2-10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include acetylamino, benzoylamino and the like, and alkoxycarbonylamino groups (preferably having 2-2 carbon atoms). 30, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, such as methoxycarbonylamino, etc.), an aryloxycarbonylamino group (preferably having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 7 to 12 carbon atoms, for example phenyloxycarbonyl And sulfonylamino groups (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as methanesulfonylamino and benzenesulfonylamino). ), A sulfamoyl group (preferably having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 0 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 0 to 12 carbon atoms, such as sulfamoyl, methylsulfamoyl, dimethylsulfamoyl, phenyl Sulfamoyl, etc.), carbamoyl groups (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as carbamoyl, methylcarbamoyl, diethylcarbamoyl, Phenylcarbamoyl etc.), alkylthio group ( Preferably, it has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as methylthio, ethylthio, etc.), an arylthio group (preferably 6 to 30 carbon atoms). More preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms, such as phenylthio, etc.), a heterocyclic thio group (preferably 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to carbon atoms). 20, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as pyridylthio, 2-benzimidazolylthio, 2-benzoxazolylthio, 2-benzthiazolylthio and the like, and a sulfonyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include mesyl and tosyl). Rufinyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include methanesulfinyl and benzenesulfinyl. ), A ureido group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as ureido, methylureido, phenylureido, etc.), phosphoric acid An amide group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as diethyl phosphoric acid amide and phenyl phosphoric acid amide), a hydroxy group , Mercapto group, halogen atom (eg fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), cyano group, sulfo group, carboxyl group, nitro group, hydroxamic acid group, sulfino group, hydrazino group, imino group, heterocyclic group ( An aromatic heterocyclic group is also included, preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Is, for example, a nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, phosphorus atom, silicon atom, selenium atom, tellurium atom, specifically pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, And isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, quinolyl, furyl, thienyl, selenophenyl, tellurophenyl, piperidyl, piperidino, morpholino, pyrrolidyl, pyrrolidino, benzoxazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, carbazolyl group, azepinyl group, silolyl group and the like. A silyl group (preferably having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 3 to 24 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include trimethylsilyl and triphenylsilyl). A aryloxy group (preferably having 3 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 3 to 24 carbon atoms, such as trimethylsilyloxy, triphenylsilyloxy, etc.), phosphoryl group (for example, A diphenylphosphoryl group, a dimethylphosphoryl group, etc.). These substituents may be further substituted, and examples of the further substituent include a group selected from the substituent group A described above.
(置換基群B)
 アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~20、特に好ましくは炭素数1~10であり、例えばメチル、エチル、イソプロピル、t-ブチル、n-オクチル、n-デシル、n-ヘキサデシル、シクロプロピル、シクロペンチル、シクロヘキシルなどが挙げられる。)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばビニル、アリル、2-ブテニル、3-ペンテニルなどが挙げられる。)、アルキニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばプロパルギル、3-ペンチニルなどが挙げられる。)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30、より好ましくは炭素数6~20、特に好ましくは炭素数6~12であり、例えばフェニル、p-メチルフェニル、ナフチル、アントラニルなどが挙げられる。)、シアノ基、ヘテロ環基(芳香族ヘテロ環基も包含し、好ましくは炭素数1~30、より好ましくは炭素数1~12であり、ヘテロ原子としては、例えば窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子、リン原子、ケイ素原子、セレン原子、テルル原子であり、具体的にはピリジル、ピラジニル、ピリミジル、ピリダジニル、ピロリル、ピラゾリル、トリアゾリル、イミダゾリル、オキサゾリル、チアゾリル、イソキサゾリル、イソチアゾリル、キノリル、フリル、チエニル、セレノフェニル、テルロフェニル、ピペリジル、ピペリジノ、モルホリノ、ピロリジル、ピロリジノ、ベンゾオキサゾリル、ベンゾイミダゾリル、ベンゾチアゾリル、カルバゾリル基、アゼピニル基、シロリル基などが挙げられる。)これらの置換基は更に置換されてもよく、更なる置換基としては、前記 置換基群Bから選択される基を挙げることができる。また、置換基に置換した置換基は更に置換されてもよく、さらなる置換基としては、以上に説明した置換基群Bから選択される基を挙げることができる。また、置換基に置換した置換基に置換した置換基は更に置換されてもよく、さらなる置換基としては、以上に説明した置換基群Bから選択される基を挙げることができる。
(Substituent group B)
An alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.), alkenyl groups (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as vinyl , Allyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl, etc.), alkynyl group (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms such as propargyl , 3-pentynyl, etc.), aryl groups (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 0, particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms, including, for example, phenyl, p-methylphenyl, naphthyl, anthranyl, etc.), cyano group, heterocyclic group (including aromatic heterocyclic group, preferably carbon The hetero atom is, for example, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a phosphorus atom, a silicon atom, a selenium atom, or a tellurium atom, specifically, pyridyl. , Pyrazinyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, quinolyl, furyl, thienyl, selenophenyl, tellurophenyl, piperidyl, piperidino, morpholino, pyrrolidyl, pyrrolidino, benzoxazolyl, Benzimidazolyl, Nzothiazolyl, carbazolyl group, azepinyl group, silylyl group, etc.) These substituents may be further substituted, and examples of further substituents include groups selected from the substituent group B. . Moreover, the substituent substituted by the substituent may be further substituted, and examples of the further substituent include a group selected from the substituent group B described above. Moreover, the substituent substituted by the substituent substituted by the substituent may be further substituted, and examples of the further substituent include a group selected from the substituent group B described above.
(置換基Z)
 アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、芳香族ヘテロ環基、アルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、フッ素原子、シリル基、アミノ基、シアノ基又はこれらを組み合わせて成る基を表し、複数の置換基Zは互いに結合してアリール環を形成しても良い。
 置換基Zとしてはアルキル基、アリール基、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基が好ましく、アルキル基、アリール基、又はフッ素原子がより好ましい。
(Substituent Z)
Represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a fluorine atom, a silyl group, an amino group, a cyano group or a combination thereof, and a plurality of substituents Z are bonded to each other Thus, an aryl ring may be formed.
As the substituent Z, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group is preferable, and an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a fluorine atom is more preferable.
 置換基Zが表すアルキル基としては、好ましくは炭素数1~8のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~6のアルキル基であり、例えばメチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基等が挙げられ、メチル基、エチル基、イソブチル基、又はt-ブチル基が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい。
 置換基Zが表すアルケニル基としては、好ましくは炭素数2~8のアルケニル基であり、より好ましくは炭素数2~6のアルケニル基であり、例えばビニル基、n-プロペニル基、イソプロペニル基、イソブテニル基、n-ブテニル基等が挙げられ、ビニル基、n-プロペニル基、イソブテニル基、又はn-ブテニル基が好ましく、ビニル基がより好ましい。
 置換基Zが表すアリール基としては、好ましくは炭素数6~18のアリール基であり、より好ましくは炭素数6~12のアリール基である。例えば、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、ナフチル基、トリル基、キシリル基等が挙げられ、これらのうちフェニル基、ビフェニル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。
The alkyl group represented by the substituent Z is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. For example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group Group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, n-butyl group, cyclopropyl group, and the like. A methyl group, an ethyl group, an isobutyl group, or a t-butyl group is preferable, and a methyl group is more preferable.
The alkenyl group represented by the substituent Z is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, such as a vinyl group, an n-propenyl group, an isopropenyl group, Examples thereof include an isobutenyl group, an n-butenyl group, and the like, and a vinyl group, an n-propenyl group, an isobutenyl group, or an n-butenyl group is preferable, and a vinyl group is more preferable.
The aryl group represented by the substituent Z is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. For example, a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group and the like can be mentioned. Of these, a phenyl group and a biphenyl group are preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
 置換基Zが表す芳香族ヘテロ環基としては、好ましくは炭素数4~12の芳香族ヘテロ環基であり、例えばピリジル基、フリル基、チエニル基等が挙げられ、ピリジル基又はフリル基が好ましく、ピリジル基がより好ましい。
 置換基Zが表すアルコキシ基としては、好ましくは炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基であり、例えばメトキシ基、エトキシ基、n-プロポキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、イソブトキシ基、t-ブトキシ基、n-ブトキシ基、シクロプロピルオキシ基等が挙げられ、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、イソブトキシ基、又はt-ブトキシ基が好ましく、メトキシ基がより好ましい。
 置換基Zが表すシリル基及びアミノ基としては、前述の置換基群Aにおけるシリル基及びアミノ基と同様のものが挙げられる。
 複数の置換基Zが互いに結合して形成するアリール環としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環等が挙げられ、ベンゼン環が好ましい。
The aromatic heterocyclic group represented by the substituent Z is preferably an aromatic heterocyclic group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a pyridyl group, a furyl group, and a thienyl group, and a pyridyl group or a furyl group is preferable. A pyridyl group is more preferable.
The alkoxy group represented by the substituent Z is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-propoxy group, A propoxy group, an isobutoxy group, a t-butoxy group, an n-butoxy group, a cyclopropyloxy group, and the like can be given. A methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isobutoxy group, or a t-butoxy group is preferable, and a methoxy group is more preferable.
Examples of the silyl group and amino group represented by the substituent Z include those similar to the silyl group and amino group in the substituent group A described above.
Examples of the aryl ring formed by bonding a plurality of substituents Z to each other include a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring, and a benzene ring is preferable.
 本発明の有機電界発光素子は、基板上に、陽極及び陰極からなる一対の電極と、該電極間に発光層を有し、該発光層と該陰極の間に少なくとも一層の有機層を有する有機電界発光素子であって、
 該発光層に一般式(1)で表される化合物を少なくとも一つ含有し、
 該発光層と該陰極の間の少なくとも一層の有機層に一般式(E-1)で表される化合物を少なくとも一つ含有する。
The organic electroluminescent device of the present invention comprises a substrate having a pair of electrodes consisting of an anode and a cathode, a light emitting layer between the electrodes, and an organic layer having at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode. An electroluminescent device comprising:
Containing at least one compound represented by the general formula (1) in the light emitting layer;
At least one compound represented by formula (E-1) is contained in at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode.
〔一般式(1)で表される化合物〕
 以下、一般式(1)で表される化合物について説明する。
[Compound represented by the general formula (1)]
Hereinafter, the compound represented by the general formula (1) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 (一般式(1)中、Rはアルキル基、アリール基、又はシリル基を表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。但し、Rがカルバゾリル基又はペルフルオロアルキル基を表すことはない。Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。また複数のRは、互いに結合して置換基Zを有していてもよいアリール環を形成してもよい。
 R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、アリール基、シリル基、シアノ基又はフッ素原子を表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。R~Rがそれぞれ複数存在する場合、複数のR~複数のRは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 置換基Zはアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、芳香族ヘテロ環基、アルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、フッ素原子、シリル基、アミノ基、シアノ基又はこれらを組み合わせて成る基を表し、複数の置換基Zは互いに結合してアリール環を形成しても良い。
 n1は0~5の整数を表す。
 n2~n5はそれぞれ独立に、0~4の整数を表す。)
(In the general formula (1), R 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a silyl group, and may further have a substituent Z, provided that R 1 represents a carbazolyl group or a perfluoroalkyl group. If no .R 1 there are a plurality, the plurality of R 1 each may be the same or different. the plurality of R 1 may form an aryl ring which may have a substituent Z bonded to each other May be.
R 2 to R 5 each independently represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a silyl group, a cyano group, or a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent Z. When a plurality of R 2 to R 5 are present, the plurality of R 2 to R 5 may be the same as or different from each other.
The substituent Z represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a fluorine atom, a silyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, or a group formed by combining these, and a plurality of substituents Z may combine with each other to form an aryl ring.
n1 represents an integer of 0 to 5.
n2 to n5 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4. )
 Rで表されるアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基を有する場合の置換基としては、前述の置換基Zが挙げられ、置換基Zとしては、フッ素原子が好ましい。但し、Rで表されるアルキル基は、ペルフルオロアルキル基となることはない。Rで表されるアルキル基は、好ましくは炭素数1~8のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~6のアルキル基であり、更に好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基である。例えばメチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、2-メチルペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、4-メチルペンチル基、3-メチルペンチル基、2-メチルペンチル基、3,3-ジメチルブチル基、2,2-ジメチルブチル基、1,1-ジメチルブチル基、1,2-ジメチルブチル基、1,3-ジメチルブチル基、2,3-ジメチルブチル基等が挙げられ、これらのうち、メチル基、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基、又はネオペンチル基が好ましく、メチル基又はt-ブチル基がより好ましく、t-ブチル基が更に好ましい。 The alkyl group represented by R 1 may have a substituent. In the case of having a substituent, examples of the substituent include the aforementioned substituent Z, and the substituent Z is preferably a fluorine atom. However, the alkyl group represented by R 1 does not become a perfluoroalkyl group. The alkyl group represented by R 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. . For example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, n-pentyl group, isopentyl group, 2-methylpentyl group, neopentyl group, n-hexyl group, 4-methylpentyl group, 3-methylpentyl group, 2-methylpentyl group, 3,3-dimethylbutyl group, 2,2-dimethylbutyl group, 1,1-dimethylbutyl group, 1,2 -Dimethylbutyl group, 1,3-dimethylbutyl group, 2,3-dimethylbutyl group and the like, and among these, methyl group, isopropyl group, t-butyl group, or neopentyl group are preferable, and methyl group or t A -butyl group is more preferred, and a t-butyl group is still more preferred.
 Rで表されるアリール基は、縮環していてもよく、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基を有する場合の置換基としては、前述の置換基Zが挙げられ、置換基Zとしては、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよいアルキル基、アリール基、フッ素原子又はシアノ基が好ましく、アルキル基がより好ましい。Rで表されるアリール基は、好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリール基であり、より好ましくは炭素数6~18のアリール基である。炭素数6~18のアリール基は、好ましくは炭素数1~6のフッ素原子で置換されていてもよいアルキル基、フッ素原子又はシアノ基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18のアリール基であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18のアリール基である。例えば、フェニル基、ジメチルフェニル基、ビフェニル基、ターフェニル基、ナフチル基、メチルナフチル基、t-ブチルナフチル基、アントラニル基、フェナントリル基、クリセニル基、シアノフェニル基、トリフルオロメチルフェニル基、フッ化フェニル基等が挙げられ、これらのうちフェニル基、ジメチルフェニル基、ビフェニル基、ターフェニル基、ナフチル基、メチルナフチル基、又はt-ブチルナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、ナフチル基、又はターフェニル基がより好ましい。 The aryl group represented by R 1 may be condensed or may have a substituent. In the case of having a substituent, examples of the substituent include the above-described substituent Z. The substituent Z is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, a fluorine atom or a cyano group which may be substituted with a fluorine atom. Groups are more preferred. The aryl group represented by R 1 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms. The aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl group optionally having a fluorine atom having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a fluorine atom or a cyano group, and optionally having 6 to 18 carbon atoms. And more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. For example, phenyl group, dimethylphenyl group, biphenyl group, terphenyl group, naphthyl group, methylnaphthyl group, t-butylnaphthyl group, anthranyl group, phenanthryl group, chrysenyl group, cyanophenyl group, trifluoromethylphenyl group, fluoride A phenyl group, etc., among which a phenyl group, a dimethylphenyl group, a biphenyl group, a terphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a methylnaphthyl group, or a t-butylnaphthyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, or A terphenyl group is more preferred.
 Rで表されるシリル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基を有する場合の置換基としては、前述の置換基Zが挙げられ、置換基Zとしては、アルキル基又はフェニル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。Rで表されるシリル基は、好ましくは炭素数0~18のシリル基であり、より好ましくは炭素数3~18のシリル基である。炭素数3~18のシリル基は、好ましくは炭素数1~6のアルキル基若しくはフェニル基で置換された炭素数3~18のシリル基であり、シリル基の3つの水素原子の全てが、炭素数1~6のアルキル基及びフェニル基のいずれかで置換されていることがより好ましく、フェニル基で置換されていることが更に好ましい。例えば、トリメチルシリル基、トリエチルシリル基、t-ブチルジメチルシリル基、ジエチルイソプロピルシリル基、ジメチルフェニルシリル基、ジフェニルメチルシリル基、トリフェニルシリル基等が挙げられ、これらのうち、トリメチルシリル基、ジメチルフェニルシリル基又はトリフェニルシリル基が好ましく、トリフェニルシリル基がより好ましい。 The silyl group represented by R 1 may have a substituent. In the case of having a substituent, examples of the substituent include the above-described substituent Z, and the substituent Z is preferably an alkyl group or a phenyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The silyl group represented by R 1 is preferably a silyl group having 0 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably a silyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms. The silyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms is preferably a silyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a phenyl group, and all three hydrogen atoms of the silyl group are carbon atoms. It is more preferably substituted with any one of an alkyl group of 1 to 6 and a phenyl group, and further preferably substituted with a phenyl group. For example, trimethylsilyl group, triethylsilyl group, t-butyldimethylsilyl group, diethylisopropylsilyl group, dimethylphenylsilyl group, diphenylmethylsilyl group, triphenylsilyl group, and the like. Group or triphenylsilyl group is preferable, and triphenylsilyl group is more preferable.
 Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。また複数のRは、互いに結合して前述の置換基Zを有していてもよいアリール環を形成してもよい。置換基Zとしては、アルキル基又はアリール基が好ましく、アルキル基がより好ましい。
 複数のRが互いに結合して形成するアリール環は、該複数のRが置換する炭素原子を含め、好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリール環であり、より好ましくは炭素数6~14のアリール環である。形成する環としてはベンゼン環、ナフタレン環及びフェナントレン環のいずれかであることが好ましく、ベンゼン環又はフェナントレン環であることがより好まく、ベンゼン環であることが更に好ましい。なお、複数のRによって形成される環は複数存在してもよく、例えば、複数のRがそれぞれ互いに結合して2つのベンゼン環を形成し、該複数のRが置換するベンゼン環とともに、フェナントレン環を形成してもよい。
If R 1 there are a plurality, the plurality of R 1 may each be the same or different. Moreover, several R < 1 > may couple | bond together and may form the aryl ring which may have the above-mentioned substituent Z. As the substituent Z, an alkyl group or an aryl group is preferable, and an alkyl group is more preferable.
Aryl ring plurality of R 1 is formed by bonding with, including the carbon atom to which R 1 of said plurality of substitution, preferably an aryl ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms An aryl ring. The ring to be formed is preferably any one of a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring and a phenanthrene ring, more preferably a benzene ring or a phenanthrene ring, and further preferably a benzene ring. In addition, a plurality of rings formed by a plurality of R 1 may exist, for example, a plurality of R 1 are bonded to each other to form two benzene rings, together with a benzene ring substituted by the plurality of R 1 A phenanthrene ring may be formed.
 Rは、電荷輸送能及び電荷に対する安定性の観点から、好ましくはアルキル基、アルキル基を有していてもよいアリール基、及びアルキル基若しくはフェニル基で置換されたシリル基のいずれかであり、より好ましくは炭素数1~6のアルキル基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18のアリール基であり、更に好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18のアリール基である。
 なかでも、Rは、好ましくは、メチル基、t-ブチル基、ネオペンチル基、無置換のフェニル基、シアノ基若しくはフッ素原子若しくはトリフルオロメチル基により置換されたフェニル基、ビフェニル基、ターフェニル基、無置換のナフチル基、メチル基若しくはt-ブチル基により置換されたナフチル基、トリフェニルシリル基、複数のアルキル基又はアリール基がそれぞれ互いに結合して形成されたベンゼン環又はフェナントレン環であり、より好ましくは無置換のフェニル基、ビフェニル基、ナフチル基、又はターフェニル基であり、更に好ましくは無置換のフェニル基、無置換のビフェニル基、又は無置換のナフチル基である。
R 1 is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group optionally having an alkyl group, and a silyl group substituted with an alkyl group or a phenyl group, from the viewpoint of charge transport ability and charge stability. More preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and still more preferably an alkyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. 6 to 18 aryl groups.
Among these, R 1 is preferably a methyl group, a t-butyl group, a neopentyl group, an unsubstituted phenyl group, a cyano group, a phenyl group substituted by a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group, a biphenyl group, a terphenyl group. A benzene ring or a phenanthrene ring formed by bonding an unsubstituted naphthyl group, a naphthyl group substituted by a methyl group or a t-butyl group, a triphenylsilyl group, a plurality of alkyl groups or an aryl group, respectively, An unsubstituted phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a terphenyl group is more preferable, and an unsubstituted phenyl group, an unsubstituted biphenyl group, or an unsubstituted naphthyl group is more preferable.
 n1は、0~4の整数であることが好ましく、0~3の整数であることがより好ましく、0~2の整数であることが更に好ましい。 N1 is preferably an integer of 0 to 4, more preferably an integer of 0 to 3, and still more preferably an integer of 0 to 2.
 R~Rで表されるアリール基、シリル基の具体例及び好ましい例は、前記Rで表されるアリール基、シリル基の具体例及び好ましい例と同様である。
 R~Rで表されるアルキル基としては、前記Rで表されるアルキル基の例示に加え、トリフルオロメチル基等のペルフルオロアルキル基が挙げられる。これらのうち、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基、又はネオペンチル基が好ましく、メチル基又はt-ブチル基がより好ましく、t-ブチル基が更に好ましい。
Specific examples and preferred examples of the aryl group and silyl group represented by R 2 to R 5 are the same as the specific examples and preferred examples of the aryl group and silyl group represented by R 1 .
Examples of the alkyl group represented by R 2 to R 5 include perfluoroalkyl groups such as a trifluoromethyl group in addition to the examples of the alkyl group represented by R 1 . Of these, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, an isopropyl group, a t-butyl group, or a neopentyl group is preferable, a methyl group or a t-butyl group is more preferable, and a t-butyl group is still more preferable.
 R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、電荷輸送能及び電荷に対する安定性の観点から、好ましくはアルキル基、アリール基、アルキル基若しくはフェニル基で置換されたシリル基、シアノ基、及びフッ素原子のいずれかであり、より好ましくは炭素数1~6のアルキル基、炭素数6~18のアリール基、炭素数1~6のアルキル基若しくはフェニル基で置換された炭素数3~18のシリル基、シアノ基、及びフッ素原子のいずれかであり、更に好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数6~12のアリール基、炭素数1~6のアルキル基若しくはフェニル基で置換された炭素数3~18のシリル基、シアノ基、及びフッ素原子のいずれかである。
 なかでも、R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、好ましくはメチル基、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基、ネオペンチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、フェニル基、ジメチルフェニル基、トリメチルシリル基、トリフェニルシリル基、フッ素原子、及びシアノ基のいずれかであり、より好ましくはt-ブチル基、フェニル基、トリメチルシリル基、トリフェニルシリル基、及びシアノ基のいずれかであり、更に好ましくはt-ブチル基、フェニル基、トリフェニルシリル基、及びシアノ基のいずれかである。
R 2 to R 5 are each independently preferably any of a silyl group substituted with an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkyl group or a phenyl group, a cyano group, and a fluorine atom, from the viewpoint of charge transportability and charge stability. More preferably, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a silyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms substituted with a phenyl group, cyano Or a fluorine atom, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a carbon number 3 substituted with a phenyl group One of -18 silyl group, cyano group, and fluorine atom.
Among them, R 2 to R 5 are preferably each independently methyl group, isopropyl group, t-butyl group, neopentyl group, trifluoromethyl group, phenyl group, dimethylphenyl group, trimethylsilyl group, triphenylsilyl group, fluorine Any of an atom and a cyano group, more preferably a t-butyl group, a phenyl group, a trimethylsilyl group, a triphenylsilyl group, and a cyano group, still more preferably a t-butyl group, a phenyl group, It is either a triphenylsilyl group or a cyano group.
 n2~n5はそれぞれ独立に、0~2の整数であることが好ましく、0又は1であることがより好ましい。カルバゾール骨格に置換基を導入する場合、カルバゾール骨格の3位及び6位が反応活性位であり、合成の容易さ、及び化学的安定性向上の観点から、この位置に置換基を導入することが好ましい。 N2 to n5 are each independently preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1. When a substituent is introduced into the carbazole skeleton, the 3-position and the 6-position of the carbazole skeleton are reaction active positions. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis and improvement in chemical stability, the substituent may be introduced at this position. preferable.
 一般式(1)で表される化合物は、下記一般式(2)で表されることがより好ましい。 More preferably, the compound represented by the general formula (1) is represented by the following general formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 (一般式(2)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、置換基Zを有していてもよいアルキル基、アルキル基を有していてもよいアリール基、シアノ基又はフッ素原子を表す。R及びRがそれぞれ複数存在する場合、複数のR及び複数のRは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。また複数のR及び複数のRは、それぞれ互いに結合して置換基Zを有していてもよいアリール環を形成してもよい。
 n6及びn7はそれぞれ独立に、0~5の整数を表す。
 R~R11はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、置換基Zを有していてもよいアルキル基、アルキル基を有していてもよいアリール基、置換基Zを有していてもよいシリル基、シアノ基又はフッ素原子を表す。
 置換基Zはアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、芳香族ヘテロ環基、アルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、フッ素原子、シリル基、アミノ基、シアノ基又はこれらを組み合わせて成る基を表し、複数の置換基Zは互いに結合してアリール環を形成しても良い。)
(In General Formula (2), R 6 and R 7 each independently represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent Z, an aryl group which may have an alkyl group, a cyano group or a fluorine atom. When a plurality of R 6 and R 7 are present, the plurality of R 6 and the plurality of R 7 may be the same as or different from each other, and the plurality of R 6 and the plurality of R 7 are bonded to each other. An aryl ring which may have a substituent Z may be formed.
n6 and n7 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 5.
R 8 to R 11 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group optionally having substituent Z, an aryl group optionally having alkyl group, or a silyl group optionally having substituent Z Represents a cyano group or a fluorine atom.
The substituent Z represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a fluorine atom, a silyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, or a group formed by combining these, and a plurality of substituents Z may combine with each other to form an aryl ring. )
 R及びRで表されるアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基を有する場合の置換基としては、前述の置換基Zが挙げられ、置換基Zとしては、フッ素原子が好ましい。
 R及びRで表されるアルキル基は、好ましくは炭素数1~6のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基である。R及びRで表されるアルキル基の具体例及び好ましい例は、前記一般式(1)中の、R~Rで表されるアルキル基の具体例及び好ましい例と同様である。
The alkyl group represented by R 6 and R 7 may have a substituent. In the case of having a substituent, examples of the substituent include the aforementioned substituent Z, and the substituent Z is preferably a fluorine atom.
The alkyl group represented by R 6 and R 7 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group represented by R 6 and R 7 are the same as the specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group represented by R 2 to R 5 in the general formula (1).
 R及びRで表される、アルキル基を有していてもよいアリール基におけるアルキル基は、好ましくは炭素数1~6のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基である。該アルキル基の具体例及び好ましい例は、前記一般式(1)中の、R~Rで表されるアルキル基の具体例及び好ましい例と同様である。
 R及びRで表される、アルキル基を有していてもよいアリール基におけるアリール基は、好ましくは炭素数6~18のアリール基であり、より好ましくは炭素数6~12のアリール基である。例えば、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、ターフェニル基、ナフチル基、アントラニル基、フェナントリル基、クリセニル基等が挙げられ、これらのうちフェニル基、ビフェニル基、ターフェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、又はターフェニル基がより好ましい。
 R及びRで表される、アルキル基を有していてもよいアリール基は、無置換のアリール基であることが好ましい。
 R及びRで表される、アルキル基を有していてもよいアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ジメチルフェニル基、t-ブチルフェニル基、ビフェニル基、ターフェニル基、ナフチル基、メチルナフチル基、t-ブチルナフチル基、アントラニル基、フェナントリル基、クリセニル基等が挙げられ、フェニル基、t-ブチルフェニル基、又はビフェニル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。
The alkyl group in the aryl group which may have an alkyl group represented by R 6 and R 7 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. It is. Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group are the same as the specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group represented by R 2 to R 5 in the general formula (1).
The aryl group in the aryl group which may have an alkyl group represented by R 6 and R 7 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. It is. For example, a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a terphenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthranyl group, a phenanthryl group, a chrysenyl group, etc., among which a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a terphenyl group, or a naphthyl group are preferable, a phenyl group, A biphenyl group or a terphenyl group is more preferable.
The aryl group that may have an alkyl group represented by R 6 and R 7 is preferably an unsubstituted aryl group.
Examples of the aryl group represented by R 6 and R 7 which may have an alkyl group include a phenyl group, a dimethylphenyl group, a t-butylphenyl group, a biphenyl group, a terphenyl group, a naphthyl group, and a methyl group. A naphthyl group, a t-butyl naphthyl group, an anthranyl group, a phenanthryl group, a chrysenyl group, and the like can be given. A phenyl group, a t-butylphenyl group, or a biphenyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
 R及びRがそれぞれ複数存在する場合、複数のR及び複数のRは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。また複数のR及び複数のRは、それぞれ互いに結合して前述の置換基Zを有していてもよいアリール環を形成してもよい。置換基Zとしては、アルキル基又はアリール基が好ましく、アルキル基がより好ましい。
 複数のR及び複数のRが、それぞれ互いに結合して形成するアリール環は、該複数のR及び該複数のRのそれぞれが置換する炭素原子を含め、好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリール環であり、より好ましくは炭素数6~14のアリール環であり、更に好ましく炭素数1~4のアルキル基を有していてもよい炭素数6~14のアリール環である。形成する環としては、炭素数1~4のアルキル基を有していてもよい、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環及びフェナントレン環のいずれかであることが好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基を有していてもよいベンゼン環がより好ましく、例えば、ベンゼン環、t-ブチル基で置換されたベンゼン環等が挙げられる。なお、複数のR又は複数のRによって形成される環は複数存在してもよく、例えば、複数のR又は複数のRがそれぞれ互いに結合して2つのベンゼン環を形成し、該複数のR又は該複数のRが置換するベンゼン環とともに、フェナントレン環を形成してもよい。
When a plurality of R 6 and R 7 are present, the plurality of R 6 and the plurality of R 7 may be the same as or different from each other. A plurality of R 6 and a plurality of R 7 may be bonded to each other to form an aryl ring which may have the aforementioned substituent Z. As the substituent Z, an alkyl group or an aryl group is preferable, and an alkyl group is more preferable.
The aryl ring formed by bonding a plurality of R 6 and a plurality of R 7 to each other includes a carbon atom substituted by each of the plurality of R 6 and the plurality of R 7 , and preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms. More preferred is an aryl ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and still more preferred is an aryl ring having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The ring to be formed is preferably any of a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring and a phenanthrene ring, which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and has an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. An benzene ring which may be substituted is more preferable, and examples thereof include a benzene ring and a benzene ring substituted with a t-butyl group. A plurality of rings formed by a plurality of R 6 or a plurality of R 7 may exist, for example, a plurality of R 6 or a plurality of R 7 are bonded to each other to form two benzene rings, A phenanthrene ring may be formed together with a plurality of R 6 or the benzene ring substituted by the plurality of R 7 .
 R及びRは、電荷輸送能及び電荷に対する安定性の観点から、好ましくは炭素数1~6のアルキル基、炭素数1~6のアルキル基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18のアリール基、シアノ基及びフッ素原子のいずれかであり、更に好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基を有していてもよい炭素数6~12のアリール基、シアノ基及びフッ素原子のいずれかである。電荷輸送能及び電荷に対する安定性の観点から、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、又はアルキル基を有していてもよいアリール基を表すことも好ましい。
 なかでも、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、好ましくは、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、t-ブチル基、無置換のフェニル基、t-ブチル基により置換されたフェニル基、ビフェニル基、シアノ基、フッ素原子、及び複数のアルキル基がそれぞれ互いに結合して形成された無置換のベンゼン環又はt-ブチル基により置換されたベンゼン環のいずれかであり、より好ましくはメチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、無置換のフェニル基、シアノ基、フッ素原子、及び複数のアルキル基がそれぞれ互いに結合して形成された無置換のベンゼン環又はt-ブチル基により置換されたベンゼン環のいずれかであり、最も好ましくは無置換のフェニル基である。
R 6 and R 7 are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, from the viewpoint of charge transport ability and charge stability. Any of aryl groups, cyano groups and fluorine atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. , Either a cyano group or a fluorine atom. From the viewpoint of charge transportability and charge stability, it is also preferable that R 6 and R 7 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group that may have an alkyl group.
Among them, R 6 and R 7 are preferably each independently, preferably a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a t-butyl group, an unsubstituted phenyl group, a phenyl group substituted by a t-butyl group, a biphenyl group, a cyano group. An unsubstituted benzene ring formed by bonding a group, a fluorine atom and a plurality of alkyl groups to each other, or a benzene ring substituted with a t-butyl group, more preferably a methyl group or trifluoromethyl An unsubstituted benzene ring formed by bonding a group, an unsubstituted phenyl group, a cyano group, a fluorine atom, and a plurality of alkyl groups to each other, or a benzene ring substituted with a t-butyl group, Most preferably, it is an unsubstituted phenyl group.
 n6及びn7はそれぞれ独立に、0~4の整数であることが好ましく、0~2の整数であることがより好ましく、0又は1であることが更に好ましい。 N6 and n7 are each independently preferably an integer of 0 to 4, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and even more preferably 0 or 1.
 R~R11で表されるアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基を有する場合の置換基としては、前述の置換基Zが挙げられ、置換基Zとしては、フッ素原子が好ましい。
 R~R11で表されるアルキル基は、好ましくは炭素数1~6のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基である。R~R11で表されるアルキル基の具体例及び好ましい例は、前記一般式(1)中の、R~Rで表されるアルキル基の具体例及び好ましい例と同様である。
The alkyl group represented by R 8 to R 11 may have a substituent. In the case of having a substituent, examples of the substituent include the aforementioned substituent Z, and the substituent Z is preferably a fluorine atom.
The alkyl group represented by R 8 to R 11 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group represented by R 8 to R 11 are the same as the specific examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group represented by R 2 to R 5 in the general formula (1).
 R~R11で表される、アルキル基を有していてもよいアリール基は、好ましくは炭素数1~6のアルキル基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18のアリール基であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基を有していてもよい炭素数6~12のアリール基である。
 R~R11で表される、アルキル基を有していてもよいアリール基の具体例及び好ましい例は、前述のR及びRで表される、アルキル基を有していてもよいアリール基における、具体例及び好ましい例と同様である。
The aryl group optionally having an alkyl group represented by R 8 to R 11 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. And more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
Specific examples and preferred examples of the aryl group optionally having an alkyl group represented by R 8 to R 11 may have an alkyl group represented by the aforementioned R 6 and R 7. This is the same as the specific examples and preferred examples of the aryl group.
 R~R11で表されるシリル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基を有する場合の置換基としては、前述の置換基Zが挙げられ、置換基Zとしては、アルキル基又はフェニル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。R~R11で表されるシリル基は、好ましくは炭素数3~18のシリル基であり、R~R11で表される炭素数3~18のシリル基の具体例及び好ましい例は、前記一般式(1)中の、Rで表されるシリル基における、炭素数3~18のシリル基の具体例及び好ましい例と同様である。 The silyl group represented by R 8 to R 11 may have a substituent. In the case of having a substituent, examples of the substituent include the above-described substituent Z, and the substituent Z is preferably an alkyl group or a phenyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The silyl group represented by R 8 to R 11 is preferably a silyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms. Specific examples and preferred examples of the silyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 8 to R 11 are The same as the specific examples and preferred examples of the silyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms in the silyl group represented by R 1 in the general formula (1).
 R~R11はそれぞれ独立に、電荷輸送能及び電荷に対する安定性の観点から、好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、アルキル基を有していてもよいアリール基、アルキル基若しくはフェニル基で置換されたシリル基、シアノ基、及びフッ素原子のいずれかであり、より好ましくは水素原子、炭素数1~6のアルキル基、炭素数1~6のアルキル基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18のアリール基、炭素数1~6のアルキル基若しくはフェニル基で置換された炭素数3~18のシリル基、シアノ基、及びフッ素原子のいずれかであり、更に好ましくは水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルキル基を有していてもよい炭素数6~12のアリール基、炭素数1~6のアルキル基若しくはフェニル基で置換された炭素数3~18のシリル基、シアノ基、及びフッ素原子のいずれかである。
 なかでも、R~R11はそれぞれ独立に、好ましくは水素原子、メチル基、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基、ネオペンチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、フェニル基、ジメチルフェニル基、トリメチルシリル基、トリフェニルシリル基、フッ素原子、及びシアノ基のいずれかであり、より好ましくは水素原子、t-ブチル基、フェニル基、トリメチルシリル基、トリフェニルシリル基、及びシアノ基のいずれかであり、更に好ましくは水素原子、t-ブチル基、フェニル基、トリフェニルシリル基、及びシアノ基のいずれかである。
R 8 to R 11 are each independently preferably substituted with a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group optionally having an alkyl group, an alkyl group or a phenyl group from the viewpoint of charge transportability and charge stability. A silyl group, a cyano group, or a fluorine atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Any one of 18 aryl groups, alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or silyl groups having 3 to 18 carbon atoms substituted with phenyl groups, cyano groups, and fluorine atoms, and more preferably hydrogen atoms, 1 carbon atoms. An alkyl group having 4 to 4 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms which may have an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group with 3 to 3 carbon atoms 8 silyl group, is either cyano group, and a fluorine atom.
Among them, R 8 to R 11 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, methyl group, isopropyl group, t-butyl group, neopentyl group, trifluoromethyl group, phenyl group, dimethylphenyl group, trimethylsilyl group, triphenylsilyl group. Group, a fluorine atom, and a cyano group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a t-butyl group, a phenyl group, a trimethylsilyl group, a triphenylsilyl group, and a cyano group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom. , A t-butyl group, a phenyl group, a triphenylsilyl group, and a cyano group.
 一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物は、炭素原子、水素原子及び窒素原子のみからなる場合が最も好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is most preferably composed of only a carbon atom, a hydrogen atom and a nitrogen atom.
 一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物のガラス転移温度(Tg)は80℃以上400℃以下であることが好ましく、100℃以上400℃以下であることがより好ましく、120℃以上400℃以下であることが更に好ましい。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is preferably 80 ° C. or higher and 400 ° C. or lower, more preferably 100 ° C. or higher and 400 ° C. or lower, and 120 ° C. or higher. More preferably, it is 400 degrees C or less.
 一般式(1)又は(2)が水素原子を有する場合、同位体(重水素原子等)も含む。この場合化合物中の全ての水素原子が同位体に置き換わっていてもよく、また一部が同位体を含む化合物である混合物でもよい。
 以下に、一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物の具体例を例示するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。
When the general formula (1) or (2) has a hydrogen atom, an isotope (such as a deuterium atom) is also included. In this case, all hydrogen atoms in the compound may be replaced with isotopes, or a mixture in which a part is a compound containing an isotope may be used.
Although the specific example of a compound represented by general formula (1) or (2) below is illustrated below, this invention is not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 上記一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物として例示した化合物は、国際公開第2004/074399号パンフレット等を参考に合成できる。例えば、化合物(A-1)は国際公開第2004/074399号52項22行~54項15行に記載の方法で合成できる。 The compounds exemplified as the compounds represented by the general formula (1) or (2) can be synthesized with reference to International Publication No. 2004/074399 pamphlet and the like. For example, compound (A-1) can be synthesized by the method described in WO 2004/074399, paragraph 52, line 22 to paragraph 54, line 15.
 本発明において、一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物は、発光層に含有されるが、その用途が限定されることはなく、有機層内のいずれの層に更に含有されてもよい。一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物の導入層としては、発光層、正孔注入層、正孔輸送層、電子輸送層、電子注入層、励起子ブロック層、電荷ブロック層のいずれかを挙げることができる。
 一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物は発光層の全質量に対して50~99.9質量%含ませることが好ましく、50~99質量%含ませることがより好ましく、60~98質量%含ませることがより好ましい。一般式(1)又は(2)で表される化合物を発光層以外の層に更に含有させる場合は、該層の全質量に対して70~100質量%含まれることが好ましく、85~100質量%含まれることがより好ましい。
In the present invention, the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is contained in the light emitting layer, but its use is not limited, and it is further contained in any layer in the organic layer. Also good. As the introduction layer of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2), a light emitting layer, a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron transport layer, an electron injection layer, an exciton block layer, a charge block layer Either can be mentioned.
The compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is preferably included in an amount of 50 to 99.9% by mass, more preferably 50 to 99% by mass, with respect to the total mass of the light emitting layer. It is more preferable to include 98% by mass. When the compound represented by the general formula (1) or (2) is further contained in a layer other than the light emitting layer, it is preferably contained in an amount of 70 to 100% by mass, and 85 to 100% by mass with respect to the total mass of the layer. % Is more preferable.
〔一般式(E-1)で表される化合物〕
 下記一般式(E-1)で表される化合物について説明する。
[Compound represented by formula (E-1)]
The compound represented by the following general formula (E-1) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 (一般式(E-1)中、RE1及びRE2は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、脂肪族炭化水素基、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は、置換若しくは無置換の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。但し、RE1及びRE2が同時に水素原子であることはない。
 Arは、置換若しくは無置換のアリーレン基、又は置換若しくは無置換の2価の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。
 RE3は、水素原子、脂肪族炭化水素、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は、置換若しくは無置換の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。
 RE4は、水素原子、脂肪族炭化水素、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は、置換若しくは無置換の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。)
(In General Formula (E-1), R E1 and R E2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group. However, R E1 and R E2 are not simultaneously hydrogen atoms.
Ar represents a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent aromatic heterocyclic group.
R E3 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group.
R E4 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group. )
 本発明の有機電界発光素子において、一般式(E-1)で表される化合物は陰極と発光層の間の少なくとも一層の有機層に含有されるが、その他の層に更に含有されてもよい。 In the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention, the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) is contained in at least one organic layer between the cathode and the light emitting layer, but may be further contained in other layers. .
 本発明の素子では、高輝度駆動時の効率低下が抑制されることが分かった。これは、発光層に一般式(1)で表される化合物を含有し、かつ発光層と陰極の間の少なくとも一層の有機層に一般式(E-1)で表される化合物を含有することで、一般式(E-1)で表される化合物と一般式(1)で表される化合物との電子親和力が最適な範囲となり、低電圧からの電子輸送層の電子輸送性が向上し、発光層に大量に電子を輸送できるようになるためであると推測される。
 また、本発明の素子では、発光色度の電子輸送層膜厚依存が抑制されることが分かった。これは従来の知見からは予想できないことであるが、発光層に一般式(1)で表される化合物を含有し、かつ発光層と陰極の間の有機層に一般式(E-1)で表される化合物を含有することで、発光層に電子が十分入るようになり、発光分布が広がるため、上記効果が得られるものと推測される。
In the element of the present invention, it has been found that the efficiency reduction during high luminance driving is suppressed. This is because the light emitting layer contains the compound represented by the general formula (1), and at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode contains the compound represented by the general formula (E-1). Thus, the electron affinity between the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) and the compound represented by the general formula (1) is in an optimum range, and the electron transport property of the electron transport layer from a low voltage is improved, This is presumably because a large amount of electrons can be transported to the light emitting layer.
Further, it was found that the dependency of the emission chromaticity on the electron transport layer thickness was suppressed in the device of the present invention. Although this cannot be predicted from conventional knowledge, the light emitting layer contains the compound represented by the general formula (1), and the organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode has the general formula (E-1). By containing the represented compound, electrons can sufficiently enter the light emitting layer and the light emission distribution is widened, so that the above effect is presumed.
 一般式(E-1)において、RE1及びRE2は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、脂肪族炭化水素基、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は、置換若しくは無置換の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。 In the general formula (E-1), R E1 and R E2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group. To express.
 RE1及びRE2が脂肪族炭化水素基を表す場合、該脂肪族炭化水素基としては、炭素数1~20の脂肪族炭化水素基が好ましく、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10であり、例えばメチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基、n-オクチル基、n-デシル基、n-ヘキサデシル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ネオペンチル基などが挙げられる。)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばビニル、アリル、2-ブテニル、3-ペンテニルなどが挙げられる。)、又はアルキニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばプロパルギル、3-ペンチニルなどが挙げられる。)がより好ましく、アルキル基であることが更に好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基、又はシクロヘキシル基であることが特に好ましい。 When R E1 and R E2 represent an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms). For example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a t-butyl group, an n-octyl group, an n-decyl group, an n-hexadecyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a neopentyl group). An alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as vinyl, allyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl, etc.) or an alkynyl group (preferably having 2 to 10 carbon atoms such as propargyl, 3 -Pentynyl, etc.) is more preferred, and alkyl groups are more preferred, methyl groups, ethyl groups, isopropyl , Particularly preferably a t- butyl group, or cyclohexyl group.
 RE1及びRE2が置換若しくは無置換のアリール基を表す場合、該アリール基としては、好ましくは炭素数6~30、より好ましくは炭素数6~20、特に好ましくは炭素数6~12のアリール基である。該アリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、ビフェニル基、アントリル基、ターフェニル基、フルオレニル基、フェナントリル基、ピレニル基、トリフェニレニル基などが挙げられ、フェニル基、ナフチル基、ビフェニル基、アントリル基、又はターフェニル基が好ましく、フェニル基、ナフチル基、ビフェニル基、又はアントリル基がより好ましく、ナフチル基が最も好ましい。ナフチル基が好ましい理由としては、分子間の適度な相互作用を生み出すことができるためと考えられ、それにより駆動電圧の低下や安定な膜質が得られる。
 該アリール基が置換基を有する場合、該置換基としては、前記置換基群Aから選択される置換基が挙げられ、好ましくはアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~8のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~6のアルキル基であり、例えばメチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基等が挙げられ、メチル基、エチル基、イソブチル基、又はt-ブチル基が好ましい。)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~18のアリール基であり、より好ましくは炭素数6~12のアリール基であり、例えば、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基等が挙げられ、フェニル基、又はビフェニル基が好ましい。)、ハロゲン原子(好ましくはフッ素原子)、シアノ基、アルコキシ基、又は芳香族ヘテロ環基(好ましくは炭素数4~12の芳香族ヘテロ環基であり、例えばピリジル基、フリル基、チエニル基等が挙げられ、ピリジル基がより好ましい。)である。
When R E1 and R E2 represent a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, the aryl group is preferably an aryl having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. It is a group. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, an anthryl group, a terphenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a phenanthryl group, a pyrenyl group, a triphenylenyl group, and the like. Group or terphenyl group is preferable, phenyl group, naphthyl group, biphenyl group, or anthryl group is more preferable, and naphthyl group is most preferable. The reason why the naphthyl group is preferable is considered to be that an appropriate interaction between molecules can be generated, whereby a reduction in driving voltage and a stable film quality can be obtained.
When the aryl group has a substituent, examples of the substituent include a substituent selected from the substituent group A, preferably an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more Preferred is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, an n-butyl group, and a cyclopropyl group. Group, an ethyl group, an isobutyl group, or a t-butyl group), an aryl group (preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, A phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, and the like. A phenyl group or a biphenyl group is preferred.), A halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom), Group, an alkoxy group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group (preferably an aromatic heterocyclic group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, such as a pyridyl group, a furyl group, and a thienyl group, and a pyridyl group is more preferable). It is.
 RE1及びRE2が置換若しくは無置換の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す場合、該芳香族ヘテロ環基としては、好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~12の芳香族ヘテロ環基である。該芳香族ヘテロ環基としては、例えば、アゾール基、ジアゾール基、トリアゾール基、オキサゾール基、チアゾール基、ピリジル基、フリル基、チエニル基等が挙げられ、アゾール基、ジアゾール基、ピリジル基が好ましく、ピリジル基がより好ましい。
 該芳香族ヘテロ環基が置換基を有する場合、該置換基としては、前記RE1及びRE2がアリール基の場合に有しても良い置換基と具体例及び好ましい範囲は同様である。
When R E1 and R E2 represent a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, the aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably carbon atoms. It is an aromatic heterocyclic group of 2 to 12. Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group include an azole group, a diazole group, a triazole group, an oxazole group, a thiazole group, a pyridyl group, a furyl group, and a thienyl group, and an azole group, a diazole group, and a pyridyl group are preferable. A pyridyl group is more preferred.
When the aromatic heterocyclic group has a substituent, examples of the substituent are the same as those of the substituent that may be present when R E1 and R E2 are an aryl group, and the preferred range.
 RE1及びRE2は、好ましくは、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基であり、無置換のアリール基であることが分子間の適度な相互作用を得られるという観点から、より好ましい。RE1及びRE2がアリール基である場合の具体例及び好ましい範囲は前記の通りである。 R E1 and R E2 are preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and more preferably an unsubstituted aryl group from the viewpoint of obtaining an appropriate interaction between molecules. Specific examples and preferred ranges when R E1 and R E2 are aryl groups are as described above.
 RE1及びRE2は互いに異なっていても、同じであってもよいが、合成上の観点から同じであることが好ましい。但し、RE1及びRE2が同時に水素原子であることはない。 R E1 and R E2 may be the same or different from each other, but are preferably the same from the viewpoint of synthesis. However, R E1 and R E2 are not simultaneously hydrogen atoms.
 一般式(E-1)において、Arは、置換若しくは無置換のアリーレン基、又は置換若しくは無置換の2価の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。 In general formula (E-1), Ar represents a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent aromatic heterocyclic group.
 Arが置換若しくは無置換のアリーレン基を表す場合、該アリーレン基としては、好ましくは炭素数6~30、より好ましくは炭素数6~20、特に好ましくは炭素数6~12のアリーレン基である。該アリーレン基としては、例えば、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基、ビフェニレン基、アントリレン基、ターフェニレン基、フルオレニレン基、フェナントリレン基、ピレニレン基、トリフェニレニレン基などが挙げられ、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基、ビフェニレン基、又はアントリレン基が好ましく、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基、がより好ましく、フェニレン基が最も好ましい。
 該アリーレン基が置換基を有する場合、該置換基としては、前記RE1及びRE2がアリール基の場合に有しても良い置換基と具体例及び好ましい範囲は同様である。
When Ar represents a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group, the arylene group is preferably an arylene group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Examples of the arylene group include a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, a biphenylene group, an anthrylene group, a terphenylene group, a fluorenylene group, a phenanthrylene group, a pyrenylene group, a triphenylenylene group, and the like. Or an anthrylene group is preferred, a phenylene group or a naphthylene group is more preferred, and a phenylene group is most preferred.
When the arylene group has a substituent, examples of the substituent are the same as those of the substituent that may be present in the case where R E1 and R E2 are an aryl group.
 Arが置換若しくは無置換の2価の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す場合、該2価の芳香族ヘテロ環基としては、好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~12の2価の芳香族ヘテロ環基である。該2価の芳香族ヘテロ環基としては、例えば、2価のアゾール基、2価のジアゾール基、2価のトリアゾール基、2価のオキサゾール基、2価のチアゾール基、2価のピリジル基、2価のフリル基、2価のチエニル基等が挙げられ、2価のアゾール基、2価のジアゾール基、2価のピリジル基が好ましく、2価のピリジル基(ピリジレン基)がより好ましい。
 該2価の芳香族ヘテロ環基が置換基を有する場合、該置換基としては、前記RE1及びRE2がアリール基の場合に有しても良い置換基と具体例及び好ましい範囲は同様である。
When Ar represents a substituted or unsubstituted divalent aromatic heterocyclic group, the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably Is a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms. Examples of the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group include a divalent azole group, a divalent diazole group, a divalent triazole group, a divalent oxazole group, a divalent thiazole group, a divalent pyridyl group, A bivalent furyl group, a bivalent thienyl group, etc. are mentioned, A bivalent azole group, a bivalent diazole group, and a bivalent pyridyl group are preferable, and a bivalent pyridyl group (pyridylene group) is more preferable.
In the case where the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group has a substituent, examples of the substituent are the same as those of the substituent that R E1 and R E2 may have in the case of an aryl group, and specific examples and preferred ranges thereof. is there.
 Arは置換若しくは無置換のアリーレン基を表すことが好ましく、無置換のアリーレン基を表すことがより好ましい。Arがアリーレン基である場合の具体例及び好ましい範囲は前記の通りである。 Ar preferably represents a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group, more preferably an unsubstituted arylene group. Specific examples and preferred ranges when Ar is an arylene group are as described above.
 一般式(E-1)において、RE3は、水素原子、脂肪族炭化水素、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は、置換若しくは無置換の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。 In General Formula (E-1), R E3 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group.
 RE3が脂肪族炭化水素基を表す場合、該脂肪族炭化水素基としては、炭素数1~20が好ましく、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10であり、例えばメチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基、n-オクチル基、n-デシル基、n-ヘキサデシル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ネオペンチル基などが挙げられる。)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばビニル、アリル、2-ブテニル、3-ペンテニルなどが挙げられる。)、又はアルキニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばプロパルギル、3-ペンチニルなどが挙げられる。)がより好ましく、アルキル基であることが更に好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基、又はシクロヘキシル基であることが特に好ましい。 When R E3 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms and is preferably an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, ethyl group, isopropyl Group, t-butyl group, n-octyl group, n-decyl group, n-hexadecyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, neopentyl group, etc.), alkenyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 10 such as vinyl, allyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl, and the like, or an alkynyl group (preferably having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as propargyl, 3-pentynyl, etc.). More preferably, it is an alkyl group, more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a t-butyl group, or a cyclohexyl group. Particularly preferred is a xyl group.
 RE3が置換若しくは無置換のアリール基を表す場合、該アリール基としては、好ましくは炭素数6~30、より好ましくは炭素数6~20、特に好ましくは炭素数6~12のアリール基である。該アリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、ビフェニル基、アントリル基、ターフェニル基、フルオレニル基、フェナントリル基、ピレニル基、トリフェニレニル基などが挙げられ、フェニル基、ナフチル基、ビフェニル基、又はアントリル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。
 該アリール基が置換基を有する場合、該置換基としては、前記置換基群Aから選択される置換基が挙げられ、好ましくはアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~8のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~6のアルキル基であり、例えばメチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基等が挙げられ、メチル基、エチル基、イソブチル基、又はt-ブチル基が好ましい。)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~18のアリール基であり、より好ましくは炭素数6~12のアリール基であり、例えば、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基等が挙げられ、フェニル基、又はビフェニル基が好ましい。)、ハロゲン原子(好ましくはフッ素原子)、シアノ基、アルコキシ基、又は芳香族ヘテロ環基(好ましくは炭素数2~12の芳香族ヘテロ環基であり、例えばアゾール基、ジアゾール基、トリアゾール基、オキサゾール基、チアゾール基、ピリジル基、フリル基、チエニル基等が挙げられ、アゾール基、ジアゾール基、ピリジル基が好ましく、特に好ましくはベンゾイミダゾリル基である。)である。
 また、これらの置換基は可能であれば更に置換基を有してもよく、該更なる置換基としては前記置換基群Aから選択される置換基が挙げられ、好ましくはアルキル基、アリール基、又は芳香族ヘテロ環基であり、これらの具体例及び好ましい範囲は前記RE3が置換アリール基を表す場合の置換基の具体例及び好ましい範囲と同様である。
 RE3が置換基を有するアリール基を表す場合、該置換基は互いに結合して環を形成してもよく、該環としては、脂肪族炭化水素環、芳香族環、芳香族ヘテロ環などが挙げられ、芳香族環が好ましく、ベンゼン環、フルオレン環、アントラセン環、ナフチル環、又はこれらを組み合わせてなる構造の環などが挙げられ、フルオレン環、アントラセン環、又はこれらを組み合わせてなる構造の環が好ましい。
When R E3 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, the aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. . Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, an anthryl group, a terphenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a phenanthryl group, a pyrenyl group, and a triphenylenyl group, and a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, or the like. An anthryl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
When the aryl group has a substituent, examples of the substituent include a substituent selected from the substituent group A, preferably an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more Preferred is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, an n-butyl group, and a cyclopropyl group. Group, an ethyl group, an isobutyl group, or a t-butyl group), an aryl group (preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, A phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, and the like. A phenyl group or a biphenyl group is preferred.), A halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom), Group, alkoxy group, or aromatic heterocyclic group (preferably an aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, such as azole group, diazole group, triazole group, oxazole group, thiazole group, pyridyl group, furyl group) A thienyl group, an azole group, a diazole group, and a pyridyl group are preferable, and a benzoimidazolyl group is particularly preferable.
Further, these substituents may further have a substituent if possible, and examples of the further substituent include a substituent selected from the substituent group A, preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group. , Or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and specific examples and preferred ranges thereof are the same as the specific examples and preferred ranges of the substituent when R E3 represents a substituted aryl group.
When R E3 represents an aryl group having a substituent, the substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and examples of the ring include an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic ring, and an aromatic heterocycle. An aromatic ring is preferable, and a benzene ring, a fluorene ring, an anthracene ring, a naphthyl ring, or a ring having a combination thereof, and the like, a fluorene ring, an anthracene ring, or a ring having a combination thereof are included. Is preferred.
 RE3が置換若しくは無置換の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す場合、該芳香族ヘテロ環基としては、好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~12の芳香族ヘテロ環基である。該芳香族ヘテロ環基としては、例えば、アゾール基、ジアゾール基、トリアゾール基、オキサゾール基、チアゾール基、ピリジル基、フリル基、チエニル基等が挙げられ、アゾール基、ジアゾール基、ピリジル基が好ましく、特に好ましくはベンゾイミダゾリル基である。
 該芳香族ヘテロ環基が置換基を有する場合、該置換基としては、前記置換基群Aから選択される置換基が挙げられ、好ましくはアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~8のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~6のアルキル基であり、例えばメチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基等が挙げられ、メチル基、エチル基、イソブチル基、又はt-ブチル基が好ましい。)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~18のアリール基であり、より好ましくは炭素数6~12のアリール基であり、例えば、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基等が挙げられ、フェニル基、又はビフェニル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。)、ハロゲン原子(好ましくはフッ素原子)、シアノ基、アルコキシ基、又は芳香族ヘテロ環基(好ましくは炭素数2~12の芳香族ヘテロ環基であり、例えばピリジル基、フリル基、チエニル基等が挙げられ、ピリジル基がより好ましい。)である。これらの中でもアリール基が特に好ましい。
When R E3 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, the aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 2 carbon atoms. 12 aromatic heterocyclic groups. Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group include an azole group, a diazole group, a triazole group, an oxazole group, a thiazole group, a pyridyl group, a furyl group, and a thienyl group, and an azole group, a diazole group, and a pyridyl group are preferable. Particularly preferred is a benzimidazolyl group.
When the aromatic heterocyclic group has a substituent, examples of the substituent include a substituent selected from the substituent group A, preferably an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms). More preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, n-butyl group, cyclopropyl group and the like. A methyl group, an ethyl group, an isobutyl group, or a t-butyl group), an aryl group (preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms). For example, a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, and the like. A phenyl group or a biphenyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable.), A halogen A child (preferably a fluorine atom), a cyano group, an alkoxy group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group (preferably an aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, such as a pyridyl group, a furyl group, and a thienyl group). And a pyridyl group is more preferable. Among these, an aryl group is particularly preferable.
 RE3は、好ましくは水素原子、又は、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基であり、分子間の適度な相互作用を得られるという観点から、より好ましくは水素原子である。 R E3 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of obtaining an appropriate interaction between molecules.
 一般式(E-1)において、RE4は、水素原子、脂肪族炭化水素、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は、置換若しくは無置換の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。 In General Formula (E-1), R E4 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group.
 RE4が脂肪族炭化水素基を表す場合、該脂肪族炭化水素基としては、炭素数1~12が好ましく、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10であり、例えばメチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基、n-オクチル基、n-デシル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ネオペンチル基などが挙げられる。)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばビニル、アリル、2-ブテニル、3-ペンテニルなどが挙げられる。)、又はアルキニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばプロパルギル、3-ペンチニルなどが挙げられる。)がより好ましく、アルキル基であることが更に好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基、又はシクロヘキシル基であることが特に好ましい。 When R E4 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms and is preferably an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, isopropyl Group, t-butyl group, n-octyl group, n-decyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, neopentyl group, etc.), alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, for example, Vinyl, allyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl, etc.), or alkynyl groups (preferably having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as propargyl, 3-pentynyl, etc.) are more preferred. More preferably, it is a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a t-butyl group, or a cyclohexyl group. Particularly preferred.
 RE4が置換若しくは無置換のアリール基を表す場合、該アリール基としては、好ましくは炭素数6~30、より好ましくは炭素数6~20、特に好ましくは炭素数6~12のアリール基である。該アリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、ビフェニル基、アントリル基、ターフェニル基、フルオレニル基、フェナントリル基、ピレニル基、トリフェニレニル基などが挙げられ、フェニル基、ナフチル基、ビフェニル基、又はアントリル基が好ましく、フェニル基又はナフチル基がより好ましく、フェニル基が更に好ましい。
 該アリール基が置換基を有する場合、該置換基としては、前記RE1及びRE2がアリール基の場合に有しても良い置換基と具体例及び好ましい範囲は同様である。
When R E4 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, the aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms. . Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, an anthryl group, a terphenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a phenanthryl group, a pyrenyl group, a triphenylenyl group, and the like. A phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, or An anthryl group is preferable, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is more preferable, and a phenyl group is still more preferable.
When the aryl group has a substituent, examples of the substituent are the same as those of the substituent that may be present when R E1 and R E2 are an aryl group.
 RE4が置換若しくは無置換の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す場合、該芳香族ヘテロ環基としては、好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~12の芳香族ヘテロ環基である。該芳香族ヘテロ環基としては、例えば、アゾール基、ジアゾール基、トリアゾール基、オキサゾール基、チアゾール基、ピリジル基、フリル基、チエニル基等が挙げられ、アゾール基、ジアゾール基、ピリジル基が好ましく、ピリジル基がより好ましい。
 該芳香族ヘテロ環基が置換基を有する場合、該置換基としては、前記RE1及びRE2がアリール基の場合に有しても良い置換基と具体例及び好ましい範囲は同様である。
When R E4 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, the aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 2 carbon atoms. 12 aromatic heterocyclic groups. Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group include an azole group, a diazole group, a triazole group, an oxazole group, a thiazole group, a pyridyl group, a furyl group, and a thienyl group, and an azole group, a diazole group, and a pyridyl group are preferable. A pyridyl group is more preferred.
When the aromatic heterocyclic group has a substituent, examples of the substituent are the same as those of the substituent that may be present when R E1 and R E2 are an aryl group, and the preferred range.
 RE4は、好ましくは、分子間の適度な相互作用を得られるという観点から、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基であることが好ましく、無置換のアリール基であることがより好ましい。RE4がアリール基である場合の具体例及び好ましい範囲は前記の通りである。 R E4 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and more preferably an unsubstituted aryl group, from the viewpoint of obtaining an appropriate interaction between molecules. Specific examples and preferred ranges in the case where R E4 is an aryl group are as described above.
 一般式(E-1)で表される化合物は下記一般式(E-2)又は下記一般式(E-3)で表されることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (E-1) is preferably represented by the following general formula (E-2) or the following general formula (E-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 (一般式(E-2)及び(E-3)中、RE1及びRE2は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、脂肪族炭化水素基、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は、置換若しくは無置換の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。但し、RE1及びRE2が同時に水素原子であることはない。
 RE3は、水素原子、脂肪族炭化水素、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は、置換若しくは無置換の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。)
(In General Formulas (E-2) and (E-3), R E1 and R E2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted group. However, R E1 and R E2 are not simultaneously hydrogen atoms.
R E3 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group. )
 一般式(E-2)及び(E-3)中、RE1、RE2、及びRE3は、各々一般式(E-1)におけるRE1、RE2、及びRE3と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同じである。 In general formulas (E-2) and (E-3), R E1 , R E2 , and R E3 are respectively synonymous with R E1 , R E2 , and R E3 in general formula (E-1), and are preferable. The range is the same.
 一般式(E-1)で表される化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、これらに限定されない。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 上記具体例のうち、(e-1)~(e-10)がより好ましく、(e-1)~(e-4)、及び(e-6)~(e-10)が更に好ましく、(e-3)、(e-4)及び(e-8)が特に好ましい。 Of the above specific examples, (e-1) to (e-10) are more preferred, (e-1) to (e-4), and (e-6) to (e-10) are more preferred, Particularly preferred are e-3), (e-4) and (e-8).
 一般式(E-1)で表される化合物は、特許第4308663号公報に記載の方法で合成できる。
 合成後、カラムクロマトグラフィー、再結晶等による精製を行った後、昇華精製により精製することが好ましい。昇華精製により、有機不純物を分離できるだけでなく、無機塩や残留溶媒等を効果的に取り除くことができる。
The compound represented by the general formula (E-1) can be synthesized by the method described in Japanese Patent No. 4308663.
After synthesis, it is preferable to purify by sublimation purification after purification by column chromatography, recrystallization or the like. By sublimation purification, not only can organic impurities be separated, but inorganic salts and residual solvents can be effectively removed.
 本発明の発光素子において、一般式(E-1)で表される化合物は発光層と陰極の間の少なくとも一層の有機層に含有されるが、その用途が限定されることはなく、その他のいずれの層に更に含有されてもよい。本発明にかかる一般式(E-1)で表される化合物の導入層としては、発光層、正孔注入層、正孔輸送層、電子輸送層、電子注入層、励起子ブロック層、電荷ブロック層のいずれか、若しくは複数に含有することができる。
 一般式(E-1)で表される化合物が含有される発光層と陰極の間の有機層は、電荷ブロック層又は電子輸送層であることがより好ましく、電子輸送層であることが更に好ましい。
In the light emitting device of the present invention, the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) is contained in at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, but its application is not limited. It may be further contained in any layer. As the introduction layer of the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) according to the present invention, a light emitting layer, a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron transport layer, an electron injection layer, an exciton block layer, a charge block It can be contained in any or a plurality of layers.
The organic layer between the light emitting layer containing the compound represented by the general formula (E-1) and the cathode is more preferably a charge blocking layer or an electron transporting layer, and further preferably an electron transporting layer. .
〔有機電界発光素子〕
 本発明の素子について詳細に説明する。
 本発明の有機電界発光素子は、基板上に、陽極及び陰極からなる一対の電極と、該電極間に発光層を有し、発光層と陰極の間に少なくとも一層の有機層を有する有機電界発光素子であって、発光層に前紀一般式(1)で表される化合物を少なくとも一つ含有し、発光層と陰極の間の有機層の少なくとも一層に前記一般式(E-1)で表される化合物を少なくとも一つ含有する。
[Organic electroluminescence device]
The device of the present invention will be described in detail.
The organic electroluminescence device of the present invention has a pair of electrodes consisting of an anode and a cathode on a substrate, a light emitting layer between the electrodes, and an organic electroluminescence having at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode. An element comprising at least one compound represented by the general formula (1) in the light emitting layer and represented by the general formula (E-1) in at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode. Containing at least one compound.
 本発明の有機電界発光素子において、発光層は有機層であり、発光層と陰極の間に更に少なくとも一層の有機層を含むが、更に有機層を有していてもよい。
 発光素子の性質上、陽極及び陰極のうち少なくとも一方の電極は、透明若しくは半透明であることが好ましい。
 図1は、本発明に係る有機電界発光素子の構成の一例を示している。
 図1に示される本発明に係る有機電界発光素子10は、支持基板2上において、陽極3と陰極9との間に発光層6が挟まれている。具体的には、陽極3と陰極9との間に正孔注入層4、正孔輸送層5、発光層6、正孔ブロック層7、及び電子輸送層8がこの順に積層されている。
In the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention, the light emitting layer is an organic layer, and further includes at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, but may further have an organic layer.
In view of the properties of the light-emitting element, at least one of the anode and the cathode is preferably transparent or translucent.
FIG. 1 shows an example of the configuration of an organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention.
In the organic electroluminescent element 10 according to the present invention shown in FIG. 1, a light emitting layer 6 is sandwiched between an anode 3 and a cathode 9 on a support substrate 2. Specifically, a hole injection layer 4, a hole transport layer 5, a light emitting layer 6, a hole block layer 7, and an electron transport layer 8 are laminated in this order between the anode 3 and the cathode 9.
<有機層の構成>
 前記有機層の層構成としては、特に制限はなく、有機電界発光素子の用途、目的に応じて適宜選択することができるが、前記透明電極上に又は前記背面電極上に形成されるのが好ましい。この場合、有機層は、前記透明電極又は前記背面電極上の前面又は一面に形成される。
 有機層の形状、大きさ、及び厚み等については、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができる。
<Structure of organic layer>
There is no restriction | limiting in particular as a layer structure of the said organic layer, Although it can select suitably according to the use and objective of an organic electroluminescent element, It is preferable to form on the said transparent electrode or the said back electrode. . In this case, the organic layer is formed on the front surface or one surface of the transparent electrode or the back electrode.
There is no restriction | limiting in particular about the shape of a organic layer, a magnitude | size, thickness, etc., According to the objective, it can select suitably.
 具体的な層構成として、下記が挙げられるが本発明はこれらの構成に限定されるものではない。
 ・陽極/正孔輸送層/発光層/電子輸送層/陰極
 ・陽極/正孔輸送層/発光層/ブロック層/電子輸送層/陰極
 ・陽極/正孔輸送層/発光層/ブロック層/電子輸送層/電子注入層/陰極
 ・陽極/正孔注入層/正孔輸送層/発光層/電子輸送層/電子注入層/陰極
 ・陽極/正孔注入層/正孔輸送層/発光層/ブロック層/電子輸送層/陰極
 ・陽極/正孔注入層/正孔輸送層/発光層/ブロック層/電子輸送層/電子注入層/陰極
 有機電界発光素子の素子構成、基板、陰極及び陽極については、例えば、特開2008-270736号公報に詳述されており、該公報に記載の事項を本発明に適用することができる。
Specific examples of the layer configuration include the following, but the present invention is not limited to these configurations.
Anode / hole transport layer / light-emitting layer / electron transport layer / cathode Anode / hole transport layer / light-emitting layer / block layer / electron transport layer / cathode Anode / hole transport layer / light-emitting layer / block layer / electron Transport layer / electron injection layer / cathode ・ Anode / hole injection layer / hole transport layer / light emitting layer / electron transport layer / electron injection layer / cathode ・ Anode / hole injection layer / hole transport layer / light emitting layer / block Layer / Electron Transport Layer / Cathode ・ Anode / Hole Injection Layer / Hole Transport Layer / Light Emitting Layer / Block Layer / Electron Transport Layer / Electron Injection Layer / Cathode For Device Configuration of Organic Electroluminescent Device, Substrate, Cathode and Anode For example, it is described in detail in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-270736, and the matters described in the publication can be applied to the present invention.
<基板>
 本発明で使用する基板としては、有機層から発せられる光を散乱又は減衰させない基板であることが好ましい。有機材料の場合には、耐熱性、寸法安定性、耐溶剤性、電気絶縁性、及び加工性に優れていることが好ましい。
<Board>
The substrate used in the present invention is preferably a substrate that does not scatter or attenuate light emitted from the organic layer. In the case of an organic material, it is preferable that it is excellent in heat resistance, dimensional stability, solvent resistance, electrical insulation, and workability.
<陽極>
 陽極は、通常、有機層に正孔を供給する電極としての機能を有していればよく、その形状、構造、大きさ等については特に制限はなく、発光素子の用途、目的に応じて、公知の電極材料の中から適宜選択することができる。前述のごとく、陽極は、通常透明陽極として設けられる。
<Anode>
The anode usually only needs to have a function as an electrode for supplying holes to the organic layer, and there is no particular limitation on the shape, structure, size, etc., depending on the use and purpose of the light-emitting element, It can select suitably from well-known electrode materials. As described above, the anode is usually provided as a transparent anode.
<陰極>
 陰極は、通常、有機層に電子を注入する電極としての機能を有していればよく、その形状、構造、大きさ等については特に制限はなく、発光素子の用途、目的に応じて、公知の電極材料の中から適宜選択することができる。
<Cathode>
The cathode usually has a function as an electrode for injecting electrons into the organic layer, and there is no particular limitation on the shape, structure, size, etc., and it is known depending on the use and purpose of the light-emitting element. The electrode material can be selected as appropriate.
 基板、陽極、陰極については、特開2008-270736号公報の段落番号〔0070〕~〔0089〕に記載の事項を本発明に適用することができる。 Regarding the substrate, anode, and cathode, the matters described in paragraph numbers [0070] to [0089] of JP-A-2008-270736 can be applied to the present invention.
<有機層>
 本発明における有機層について説明する。
<Organic layer>
The organic layer in the present invention will be described.
〔有機層の形成〕
 本発明の有機電界発光素子において、各有機層は、蒸着法やスパッタ法等の乾式成膜法、転写法、印刷法、スピンコート法、バーコート法等の溶液塗布プロセスのいずれによっても好適に形成することができる。本発明の素子において、発光層、該発光層と陰極の間の有機層、及び前記陽極と前記陰極の間に存在するその他の有機層のうちいずれか少なくとも1層が溶液塗布プロセスにより形成されたことが好ましい。 
[Formation of organic layer]
In the organic electroluminescence device of the present invention, each organic layer is preferably formed by any one of a dry coating method such as a vapor deposition method and a sputtering method, a solution coating process such as a transfer method, a printing method, a spin coating method, and a bar coating method. Can be formed. In the element of the present invention, at least one of the light emitting layer, the organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode, and the other organic layer existing between the anode and the cathode is formed by a solution coating process. It is preferable.
〔発光層〕
 発光層は、電界印加時に、陽極、正孔注入層、又は正孔輸送層から正孔を受け取り、陰極、電子注入層、又は電子輸送層から電子を受け取り、正孔と電子の再結合の場を提供して発光させる機能を有する層である。
[Light emitting layer]
The light-emitting layer receives holes from the anode, the hole injection layer, or the hole transport layer when an electric field is applied, receives electrons from the cathode, the electron injection layer, or the electron transport layer, and recombines holes and electrons. It is a layer which has the function to provide and to emit light.
 基板、陽極、陰極、有機層、発光層については、例えば、特開2008-270736、特開2007-266458に詳述されており、これらの公報に記載の事項を本発明に適用することができる。更に、発光層中に電荷輸送性を有さず、発光しない材料を含んでいても良い。 The substrate, anode, cathode, organic layer, and light emitting layer are described in detail in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-270736 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-266458, and the matters described in these documents can be applied to the present invention. . Furthermore, the light emitting layer may include a material that does not have charge transporting properties and does not emit light.
(発光材料)
 本発明における発光材料としては、燐光性発光材料、蛍光性発光材料等いずれも用いることができる。
 本発明における発光層は、色純度を向上させるためや発光波長領域を広げるために2種類以上の発光材料を含有することができる。発光材料の少なくとも一種が燐光発光材料であることが好ましい。
 本発明における発光材料は、更に前記ホスト材料との間で、1.2eV>△Ip>0.2eV、及び/又は1.2eV>△Ea>0.2eVの関係を満たすことが駆動耐久性の観点で好ましい。ここで、△Ipは、ホスト材料と発光材料のIp値の差を、△Eaはホスト材料と発光材料のEa値の差を意味する。
 前記発光材料の少なくとも一種が白金錯体材料又はイリジウム錯体材料であることが好ましく、イリジウム錯体材料であることがより好ましい。
 蛍光発光材料、燐光発光材料については、例えば、特開2008-270736の段落番号〔0100〕~〔0164〕、特開2007-266458の段落番号〔0088〕~〔0090〕に詳述されており、これらの公報に記載の事項を本発明に適用することができる。
(Luminescent material)
As the light emitting material in the present invention, any of phosphorescent light emitting materials, fluorescent light emitting materials and the like can be used.
The light emitting layer in the present invention can contain two or more kinds of light emitting materials in order to improve the color purity and broaden the light emission wavelength region. At least one of the light emitting materials is preferably a phosphorescent light emitting material.
The light emitting material of the present invention further satisfies the relationship of 1.2 eV>ΔIp> 0.2 eV and / or 1.2 eV>ΔEa> 0.2 eV with the host material. It is preferable from the viewpoint. Here, ΔIp means the difference in Ip value between the host material and the light emitting material, and ΔEa means the difference in Ea value between the host material and the light emitting material.
At least one of the light emitting materials is preferably a platinum complex material or an iridium complex material, and more preferably an iridium complex material.
The fluorescent light-emitting material and the phosphorescent light-emitting material are described in detail in paragraph numbers [0100] to [0164] of JP-A-2008-270736 and paragraph numbers [0088] to [0090] of JP-A-2007-266458, for example. The matters described in these publications can be applied to the present invention.
 発光効率等の観点からは、燐光発光材料が好ましい。本発明に使用できる燐光発光材料としては、例えば、US6303238B1、US6097147、WO00/57676、WO00/70655、WO01/08230、WO01/39234A2、WO01/41512A1、WO02/02714A2、WO02/15645A1、WO02/44189A1、WO05/19373A2、特開2001-247859、特開2002-302671、特開2002-117978、特開2003-133074、特開2002-235076、特開2003-123982、特開2002-170684、EP1211257、特開2002-226495、特開2002-234894、特開2001-247859、特開2001-298470、特開2002-173674、特開2002-203678、特開2002-203679、特開2004-357791、特開2006-256999、特開2007-19462、特開2007-84635、特開2007-96259等の特許文献に記載の燐光発光化合物などが挙げられ、中でも、更に好ましい発光性ドーパントとしては、Ir錯体、Pt錯体、Cu錯体、Re錯体、W錯体、Rh錯体、Ru錯体、Pd錯体、Os錯体、Eu錯体、Tb錯体、Gd錯体、Dy錯体、及びCe錯体が挙げられる。特に好ましくは、Ir錯体、Pt錯体、又はRe錯体であり、中でも金属-炭素結合、金属-窒素結合、金属-酸素結合、金属-硫黄結合の少なくとも一つの配位様式を含むIr錯体、Pt錯体、又はRe錯体が好ましい。更に、発光効率、駆動耐久性、色度等の観点で、Ir錯体、Pt錯体が特に好ましく、Ir錯体が最も好ましい。 From the viewpoint of luminous efficiency, a phosphorescent material is preferable. Examples of phosphorescent light-emitting materials that can be used in the present invention include US Pat. / 19373A2, JP-A No. 2001-247859, JP-A No. 2002-302671, JP-A No. 2002-117978, JP-A No. 2003-133074, JP-A No. 2002-1235076, JP-A No. 2003-123984, JP-A No. 2002-170684, EP No. 121157, JP-A No. 2002-2000 -226495, JP 2002-234894, JP 2001-247859, JP 2001-298470, JP 2002-17367 , JP 2002-203678, JP 2002-203679, JP 2004-357799, JP 2006-256999, JP 2007-19462, JP 2007-84635, JP 2007-96259, and the like. Examples of the light-emitting dopant include Ir complex, Pt complex, Cu complex, Re complex, W complex, Rh complex, Ru complex, Pd complex, Os complex, Eu complex, and Tb complex. Gd complex, Dy complex, and Ce complex are mentioned. Particularly preferred is an Ir complex, a Pt complex, or a Re complex, among which an Ir complex or a Pt complex containing at least one coordination mode of a metal-carbon bond, a metal-nitrogen bond, a metal-oxygen bond, and a metal-sulfur bond. Or Re complexes are preferred. Furthermore, from the viewpoints of luminous efficiency, driving durability, chromaticity and the like, an Ir complex and a Pt complex are particularly preferable, and an Ir complex is most preferable.
 白金錯体として好ましくは、下記一般式(C-1)で表される白金錯体である。 The platinum complex is preferably a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
(式中、Q、Q、Q及びQはそれぞれ独立にPtに配位する配位子を表す。L、L及びLはそれぞれ独立に単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。) (In the formula, Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 each independently represent a ligand coordinated to Pt. L 1 , L 2 and L 3 are each independently a single bond or a divalent linking group. Represents.)
 一般式(C-1)について説明する。Q、Q、Q及びQはそれぞれ独立にPtに配位する配位子を表す。この時、Q、Q、Q及びQとPtの結合は、共有結合、イオン結合、配位結合などいずれであっても良い。Q、Q、Q及びQ中のPtに結合する原子としては、炭素原子、窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子、リン原子が好ましく、Q、Q、Q及びQ中のPtに結合する原子の内、少なくとも一つが炭素原子であることが好ましく、二つが炭素原子であることがより好ましく、二つが炭素原子で、二つが窒素原子であることが特に好ましい。
 炭素原子でPtに結合するQ、Q、Q及びQとしては、アニオン性の配位子でも中性の配位子でもよく、アニオン性の配位子としてはビニル配位子、芳香族炭化水素環配位子(例えばベンゼン配位子、ナフタレン配位子、アントラセン配位子、フェナントレン配位子など)、ヘテロ環配位子(例えばフラン配位子、チオフェン配位子、ピリジン配位子、ピラジン配位子、ピリミジン配位子、ピリダジン配位子、トリアジン配位子、チアゾール配位子、オキサゾール配位子、ピロール配位子、イミダゾール配位子、ピラゾール配位子、トリアゾール配位子及び、それらを含む縮環体(例えばキノリン配位子、ベンゾチアゾール配位子など))が挙げられる。中性の配位子としてはカルベン配位子が挙げられる。
 窒素原子でPtに結合するQ、Q、Q及びQとしては、中性の配位子でもアニオン性の配位子でもよく、中性の配位子としては含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環配位子(ピリジン配位子、ピラジン配位子、ピリミジン配位子、ピリダジン配位子、トリアジン配位子、イミダゾール配位子、ピラゾール配位子、トリアゾール配位子、オキサゾール配位子、チアゾール配位子及びそれらを含む縮環体(例えばキノリン配位子、ベンゾイミダゾール配位子など))、アミン配位子、ニトリル配位子、イミン配位子が挙げられる。アニオン性の配位子としては、アミノ配位子、イミノ配位子、含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環配位子(ピロール配位子、イミダゾール配位子、トリアゾール配位子及びそれらを含む縮環体(例えはインドール配位子、ベンゾイミダゾール配位子など))が挙げられる。
 酸素原子でPtに結合するQ、Q、Q及びQとしては、中性の配位子でもアニオン性の配位子でもよく、中性の配位子としてはエーテル配位子、ケトン配位子、エステル配位子、アミド配位子、含酸素ヘテロ環配位子(フラン配位子、オキサゾール配位子及びそれらを含む縮環体(ベンゾオキサゾール配位子など))が挙げられる。アニオン性の配位子としては、アルコキシ配位子、アリールオキシ配位子、ヘテロアリールオキシ配位子、アシルオキシ配位子、シリルオキシ配位子などが挙げられる。
 硫黄原子でPtに結合するQ、Q、Q及びQとしては、中性の配位子でもアニオン性の配位子でもよく、中性の配位子としてはチオエーテル配位子、チオケトン配位子、チオエステル配位子、チオアミド配位子、含硫黄ヘテロ環配位子(チオフェン配位子、チアゾール配位子及びそれらを含む縮環体(ベンゾチアゾール配位子など))が挙げられる。アニオン性の配位子としては、アルキルメルカプト配位子、アリールメルカプト配位子、ヘテロアリールメルカプト配位子などが挙げられる。
 リン原子でPtに結合するQ、Q、Q及びQとしては、中性の配位子でもアニオン性の配位子でもよく、中性の配位子としてはホスフィン配位子、リン酸エステル配位子、亜リン酸エステル配位子、含リンヘテロ環配位子(ホスフィニン配位子など)が挙げられ、アニオン性の配位子としては、ホスフィノ配位子、ホスフィニル配位子、ホスホリル配位子などが挙げられる。
 Q、Q、Q及びQで表される基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては前記置換基群Aとして挙げたものが適宜適用できる。また置換基同士が連結していても良い(QとQが連結した場合、環状四座配位子のPt錯体になる)。
The general formula (C-1) will be described. Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 each independently represent a ligand coordinated to Pt. At this time, the bond between Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 and Pt may be any of a covalent bond, an ionic bond, a coordinate bond, and the like. As an atom couple | bonded with Pt in Q < 1 >, Q < 2 >, Q < 3 > and Q < 4 >, a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and a phosphorus atom are preferable, and in Q < 1 >, Q < 2 >, Q < 3 > and Q < 4 > Of the atoms bonded to Pt, at least one is preferably a carbon atom, more preferably two are carbon atoms, particularly preferably two are carbon atoms and two are nitrogen atoms.
Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 bonded to Pt by a carbon atom may be an anionic ligand or a neutral ligand, and the anionic ligand is a vinyl ligand, Aromatic hydrocarbon ring ligand (eg benzene ligand, naphthalene ligand, anthracene ligand, phenanthrene ligand etc.), heterocyclic ligand (eg furan ligand, thiophene ligand, pyridine) Ligand, pyrazine ligand, pyrimidine ligand, pyridazine ligand, triazine ligand, thiazole ligand, oxazole ligand, pyrrole ligand, imidazole ligand, pyrazole ligand, triazole And a condensed ring containing them (for example, quinoline ligand, benzothiazole ligand, etc.). A carbene ligand is mentioned as a neutral ligand.
Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 bonded to Pt with a nitrogen atom may be neutral ligands or anionic ligands, and as neutral ligands, nitrogen-containing aromatic hetero Ring ligand (pyridine ligand, pyrazine ligand, pyrimidine ligand, pyridazine ligand, triazine ligand, imidazole ligand, pyrazole ligand, triazole ligand, oxazole ligand, Examples include thiazole ligands and condensed rings containing them (for example, quinoline ligands, benzimidazole ligands), amine ligands, nitrile ligands, and imine ligands. Examples of anionic ligands include amino ligands, imino ligands, nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ligands (pyrrole ligands, imidazole ligands, triazole ligands, and condensed rings containing them) (For example, indole ligand, benzimidazole ligand, etc.)).
Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 bonded to Pt with an oxygen atom may be neutral ligands or anionic ligands, and neutral ligands are ether ligands, Examples include ketone ligands, ester ligands, amide ligands, oxygen-containing heterocyclic ligands (furan ligands, oxazole ligands and condensed rings containing them (benzoxazole ligands, etc.)). It is done. Examples of the anionic ligand include an alkoxy ligand, an aryloxy ligand, a heteroaryloxy ligand, an acyloxy ligand, a silyloxy ligand, and the like.
Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 bonded to Pt with a sulfur atom may be neutral ligands or anionic ligands, and neutral ligands include thioether ligands, Examples include thioketone ligands, thioester ligands, thioamide ligands, sulfur-containing heterocyclic ligands (thiophene ligands, thiazole ligands and condensed rings containing them (such as benzothiazole ligands)). It is done. Examples of the anionic ligand include an alkyl mercapto ligand, an aryl mercapto ligand, and a heteroaryl mercapto ligand.
Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 bonded to Pt with a phosphorus atom may be neutral ligands or anionic ligands, and neutral ligands include phosphine ligands, Examples include phosphate ester ligands, phosphite ester ligands, and phosphorus-containing heterocyclic ligands (phosphinin ligands, etc.). Anionic ligands include phosphino ligands and phosphinyl ligands. And phosphoryl ligands.
The groups represented by Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3, and Q 4 may have a substituent, and those listed as the substituent group A can be appropriately applied as the substituent. Moreover, substituents may be connected to each other (when Q 3 and Q 4 are connected, a Pt complex of a cyclic tetradentate ligand is formed).
 Q、Q、Q及びQで表される基として好ましくは、炭素原子でPtに結合する芳香族炭化水素環配位子、炭素原子でPtに結合する芳香族ヘテロ環配位子、窒素原子でPtに結合する含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環配位子、アシルオキシ配位子、アルキルオキシ配位子、アリールオキシ配位子、ヘテロアリールオキシ配位子、シリルオキシ配位子であり、より好ましくは、炭素原子でPtに結合する芳香族炭化水素環配位子、炭素原子でPtに結合する芳香族ヘテロ環配位子、窒素原子でPtに結合する含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環配位子、アシルオキシ配位子、アリールオキシ配位子であり、更に好ましくは炭素原子でPtに結合する芳香族炭化水素環配位子、炭素原子でPtに結合する芳香族ヘテロ環配位子、窒素原子でPtに結合する含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環配位子、アシルオキシ配位子である。 The group represented by Q 1 , Q 2 , Q 3 and Q 4 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring ligand bonded to Pt with a carbon atom, and an aromatic heterocyclic ligand bonded to Pt with a carbon atom. A nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ligand bonded to Pt with a nitrogen atom, an acyloxy ligand, an alkyloxy ligand, an aryloxy ligand, a heteroaryloxy ligand, a silyloxy ligand, and more Preferably, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring ligand bonded to Pt by a carbon atom, an aromatic heterocyclic ligand bonded to Pt by a carbon atom, a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ligand bonded to Pt by a nitrogen atom , An acyloxy ligand, an aryloxy ligand, more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring ligand bonded to Pt with a carbon atom, an aromatic heterocyclic ligand bonded to Pt with a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom Containing Pt Containing aromatic heterocyclic ligand, an acyloxy ligand.
 L、L及びLは、単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。L、L及びLで表される二価の連結基としては、アルキレン基(メチレン、エチレン、プロピレンなど)、アリーレン基(フェニレン、ナフタレンジイル)、ヘテロアリーレン基(ピリジンジイル、チオフェンジイルなど)、イミノ基(-NR-)(フェニルイミノ基など)、オキシ基(-O-)、チオ基(-S-)、ホスフィニデン基(-PR-)(フェニルホスフィニデン基など)、シリレン基(-SiRR’-)(ジメチルシリレン基、ジフェニルシリレン基など)、又はこれらを組み合わせたものが挙げられる。ここで、R及びR’としては各々独立してアルキル基、アリール基等が挙げられる。これらの連結基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
 錯体の安定性及び発光量子収率の観点から、L、L及びLとして好ましくは単結合、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、ヘテロアリーレン基、イミノ基、オキシ基、チオ基、シリレン基であり、より好ましくは単結合、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、イミノ基であり、更に好ましくは単結合、アルキレン基、アリーレン基であり、更に好ましくは、単結合、メチレン基、フェニレン基であり、更に好ましくは単結合、ジ置換のメチレン基であり、更に好ましくは単結合、ジメチルメチレン基、ジエチルメチレン基、ジイソブチルメチレン基、ジベンジルメチレン基、エチルメチルメチレン基、メチルプロピルメチレン基、イソブチルメチルメチレン基、ジフェニルメチレン基、メチルフェニルメチレン基、シクロヘキサンジイル基、シクロペンタンジイル基、フルオレンジイル基、フルオロメチルメチレン基である。
 Lは特に好ましくはジメチルメチレン基、ジフェニルメチレン基、シクロヘキサンジイル基であり、最も好ましくはジメチルメチレン基である。
 L及びLとして最も好ましくは単結合である。
L 1 , L 2 and L 3 represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 1 , L 2 and L 3 include alkylene groups (methylene, ethylene, propylene, etc.), arylene groups (phenylene, naphthalenediyl), heteroarylene groups (pyridinediyl, thiophenediyl, etc.) ), Imino group (—NR—) (such as phenylimino group), oxy group (—O—), thio group (—S—), phosphinidene group (—PR—) (such as phenylphosphinidene group), silylene group (—SiRR′—) (dimethylsilylene group, diphenylsilylene group, etc.), or a combination thereof. Here, R and R ′ each independently include an alkyl group, an aryl group, and the like. These linking groups may further have a substituent.
From the viewpoint of the stability of the complex and the emission quantum yield, L 1 , L 2 and L 3 are preferably a single bond, an alkylene group, an arylene group, a heteroarylene group, an imino group, an oxy group, a thio group or a silylene group. More preferably a single bond, an alkylene group, an arylene group or an imino group, still more preferably a single bond, an alkylene group or an arylene group, still more preferably a single bond, a methylene group or a phenylene group, still more preferably. Single bond, disubstituted methylene group, more preferably single bond, dimethylmethylene group, diethylmethylene group, diisobutylmethylene group, dibenzylmethylene group, ethylmethylmethylene group, methylpropylmethylene group, isobutylmethylmethylene group, diphenyl Methylene group, methylphenylmethylene group, cyclohexanediyl group, A lopentanediyl group, a fluorenediyl group, and a fluoromethylmethylene group.
L 1 is particularly preferably a dimethylmethylene group, a diphenylmethylene group, or a cyclohexanediyl group, and most preferably a dimethylmethylene group.
L 2 and L 3 are most preferably a single bond.
 一般式(C-1)で表される白金錯体のうち、より好ましくは下記一般式(C-2)で表される白金錯体である。 Of the platinum complexes represented by the general formula (C-1), a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-2) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
(式中、L21は単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。A21、A22はそれぞれ独立に炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。Z21、Z22はそれぞれ独立に含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環を表す。Z23、Z24はそれぞれ独立にベンゼン環又は芳香族ヘテロ環を表す。) (In the formula, L 21 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. A 21 and A 22 each independently represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom. Z 21 and Z 22 each independently represent a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring. Z 23 and Z 24 each independently represents a benzene ring or an aromatic heterocycle.
 一般式(C-2)について説明する。L21は、前記一般式(C-1)中のLと同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。 The general formula (C-2) will be described. L 21 has the same meaning as L 1 in formula (C-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
 A21、A22はそれぞれ独立に炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。A21、A22の内、少なくとも一方は炭素原子であることが好ましく、A21、A22が共に炭素原子であることが、錯体の安定性の観点及び錯体の発光量子収率の観点から好ましい。 A 21 and A 22 each independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom. Of A 21, A 22, Preferably, at least one is a carbon atom, it A 21, A 22 are both carbon atoms are preferred from the standpoint of emission quantum yield stability aspects and complexes of the complex .
 Z21、Z22は、それぞれ独立に含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環を表す。Z21、Z22で表される含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環としては、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環、トリアジン環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、トリアゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、チアジアゾール環などが挙げられる。錯体の安定性、発光波長制御及び発光量子収率の観点から、Z21、Z22で表される環として好ましくは、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環であり、より好ましくはピリジン環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環であり、更に好ましくはピリジン環、ピラゾール環であり、特に好ましくはピリジン環である。 Z 21 and Z 22 each independently represent a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle. Examples of the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle represented by Z 21 and Z 22 include a pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, triazine ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, triazole ring, oxadiazole ring, Examples include thiadiazole rings. From the viewpoint of the stability of the complex, emission wavelength control and emission quantum yield, the ring represented by Z 21 and Z 22 is preferably a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, an imidazole ring or a pyrazole ring, more preferably a pyridine ring. , An imidazole ring and a pyrazole ring, more preferably a pyridine ring and a pyrazole ring, and particularly preferably a pyridine ring.
 前記Z21、Z22で表される含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環は置換基を有していてもよく、炭素原子上の置換基としては前記置換基群Aが、窒素原子上の置換基としては前記置換基群Bが適用できる。炭素原子上の置換基として好ましくはアルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アリール基、芳香族へテロ環基、ジアルキルアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基、アルコキシ基、シアノ基、フッ素原子である。置換基は発光波長や電位の制御のために適宜選択されるが、短波長化させる場合には電子供与性基、フッ素原子、芳香環基が好ましく、例えばアルキル基、ジアルキルアミノ基、アルコキシ基、フッ素原子、アリール基、芳香族ヘテロ環基などが選択される。また長波長化させる場合には電子求引性基が好ましく、例えばシアノ基、ペルフルオロアルキル基などが選択される。窒素原子上の置換基として好ましくは、アルキル基、アリール基、芳香族ヘテロ環基であり、錯体の安定性の観点からアルキル基、アリール基が好ましい。前記置換基同士は連結して縮合環を形成していてもよく、形成される環としては、ベンゼン環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピラゾール環、チオフェン環、フラン環などが挙げられる。 The nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle represented by Z 21 and Z 22 may have a substituent, and the substituent group A is a substituent on a carbon atom, and the substituent on a nitrogen atom is The substituent group B can be applied. The substituent on the carbon atom is preferably an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, a dialkylamino group, a diarylamino group, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, or a fluorine atom. The substituent is appropriately selected for controlling the emission wavelength and potential, but in the case of shortening the wavelength, an electron donating group, a fluorine atom, and an aromatic ring group are preferable. For example, an alkyl group, a dialkylamino group, an alkoxy group, A fluorine atom, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group and the like are selected. Further, when the wavelength is increased, an electron withdrawing group is preferable, and for example, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, and the like are selected. The substituent on the nitrogen atom is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and an alkyl group or an aryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of the stability of the complex. The substituents may be linked to form a condensed ring, and the formed ring includes a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, and a pyrazole. Ring, thiophene ring, furan ring and the like.
 Z23、Z24は、それぞれ独立にベンゼン環又は芳香族ヘテロ環を表す。Z23、Z24で表される含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環としては、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、トリアジン環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、トリアゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、チアジアゾール環、チオフェン環、フラン環などが挙げられる。錯体の安定性、発光波長制御及び発光量子収率の観点からZ23、Z24で表される環として好ましくは、ベンゼン環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、チオフェン環であり、より好ましくはベンゼン環、ピリジン環、ピラゾール環であり、更に好ましくはベンゼン環、ピリジン環である。 Z 23 and Z 24 each independently represent a benzene ring or an aromatic heterocycle. Examples of the nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle represented by Z 23 and Z 24 include pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrazine ring, pyridazine ring, triazine ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, oxazole ring, thiazole ring, triazole ring, oxadi Examples include an azole ring, a thiadiazole ring, a thiophene ring, and a furan ring. From the viewpoint of stability of the complex, emission wavelength control and emission quantum yield, the ring represented by Z 23 and Z 24 is preferably a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, or a thiophene ring, More preferred are a benzene ring, a pyridine ring and a pyrazole ring, and still more preferred are a benzene ring and a pyridine ring.
 前記Z23、Z24で表されるベンゼン環、含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環は置換基を有していてもよく、炭素原子上の置換基としては前記置換基群Aが、窒素原子上の置換基としては前記置換基群Bが適用できる。炭素上の置換基として好ましくはアルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アリール基、芳香族へテロ環基、ジアルキルアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基、アルコキシ基、シアノ基、フッ素原子である。置換基は発光波長や電位の制御のために適宜選択されるが、長波長化させる場合には電子供与性基、芳香環基が好ましく、例えばアルキル基、ジアルキルアミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、芳香族ヘテロ環基などが選択される。また短波長化させる場合には電子求引性基が好ましく、例えばフッ素原子、シアノ基、ペルフルオロアルキル基などが選択される。窒素原子上の置換基として好ましくは、アルキル基、アリール基、芳香族ヘテロ環基であり、錯体の安定性の観点からアルキル基、アリール基が好ましい。前記置換基同士は連結して縮合環を形成していてもよく、形成される環としては、ベンゼン環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、イミダゾール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、ピラゾール環、チオフェン環、フラン環などが挙げられる。 The benzene ring and nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle represented by Z 23 and Z 24 may have a substituent. As the substituent on the carbon atom, the substituent group A is substituted on the nitrogen atom. The substituent group B can be applied as the group. Preferred substituents on carbon are alkyl groups, perfluoroalkyl groups, aryl groups, aromatic heterocyclic groups, dialkylamino groups, diarylamino groups, alkoxy groups, cyano groups, and fluorine atoms. The substituent is appropriately selected for controlling the emission wavelength and potential, but in the case of increasing the wavelength, an electron donating group and an aromatic ring group are preferable, for example, an alkyl group, a dialkylamino group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, An aromatic heterocyclic group or the like is selected. For shortening the wavelength, an electron withdrawing group is preferable, and for example, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, and the like are selected. The substituent on the nitrogen atom is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and an alkyl group or an aryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of the stability of the complex. The substituents may be linked to form a condensed ring, and the formed ring includes a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, and a pyrazole. Ring, thiophene ring, furan ring and the like.
 一般式(C-2)で表される白金錯体のうち、より好ましい態様の一つは下記一般式(C-4)で表される白金錯体である。 Of the platinum complexes represented by the general formula (C-2), one of the more preferred embodiments is a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
(一般式(C-4)中、A401~A414はそれぞれ独立にC-R又は窒素原子を表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。L41は単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。) (In the general formula (C-4), A 401 to A 414 each independently represents C—R or a nitrogen atom. R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. L 41 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. To express.)
 一般式(C-4)について説明する。
 A401~A414はそれぞれ独立にC-R又は窒素原子を表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 Rで表される置換基としては、前記置換基群Aとして挙げたものが適用できる。
 A401~A406として好ましくはC-Rであり、R同士が互いに連結して環を形成していても良い。A401~A406がC-Rである場合に、A402、A405のRとして好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、フッ素原子、シアノ基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、アミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、フッ素原子であり、特に好ましくは水素原子、フッ素原子である。A401、A403、A404、A406のRとして好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、フッ素原子、シアノ基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、アミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、フッ素原子であり、特に好ましく水素原子である。
 L41は、前記一般式(C-1)中のLと同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。
The general formula (C-4) will be described.
A 401 to A 414 each independently represents C—R or a nitrogen atom. R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
As the substituent represented by R, those exemplified as the substituent group A can be applied.
A 401 to A 406 are preferably C—R, and Rs may be connected to each other to form a ring. When A 401 to A 406 are C—R, R in A 402 and A 405 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group. More preferably a hydrogen atom, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group or a fluorine atom, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom. R in A 401 , A 403 , A 404 and A 406 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a fluorine atom or a cyano group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an amino group. Group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group and a fluorine atom, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
L 41 has the same meaning as L 1 in formula (C-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
 A407~A414としては、A407~A410とA411~A414のそれぞれにおいて、N(窒素原子)の数は、0~2が好ましく、0~1がより好ましい。発光波長を短波長側にシフトさせる場合、A408及びA412のいずれかが窒素原子であることが好ましく、A408とA412が共に窒素原子であることが更に好ましい。
 A407~A414がC-Rを表す場合に、A408、A412のRとして好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、フッ素原子、シアノ基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アルキル基、アリール基、フッ素原子、シアノ基であり、特に好ましくは、水素原子、フェニル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、シアノ基である。A407、A409、A411、A413のRとして好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、フッ素原子、シアノ基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、ペルフルオロアルキル基、フッ素原子、シアノ基であり、特に好ましく水素原子、フェニル基、フッ素原子である。A410、A414のRとして好ましくは水素原子、フッ素原子であり、より好ましくは水素原子である。A407~A409、A411~A413のいずれかがC-Rを表す場合に、R同士が互いに連結して環を形成していても良い。
As A 407 to A 414 , in each of A 407 to A 410 and A 411 to A 414 , the number of N (nitrogen atoms) is preferably 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 to 1. When shifting the emission wavelength to the short wavelength side, either A 408 or A 412 is preferably a nitrogen atom, and both A 408 and A 412 are more preferably nitrogen atoms.
When A 407 to A 414 represent C—R, R in A 408 and A 412 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a fluorine atom, A cyano group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a perfluoroalkyl group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a fluorine atom or a cyano group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, a phenyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group or a cyano group. R in A 407 , A 409 , A 411 and A 413 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a fluorine atom or a cyano group, more preferably Of these, a hydrogen atom, a perfluoroalkyl group, a fluorine atom, and a cyano group are preferable, and a hydrogen atom, a phenyl group, and a fluorine atom are particularly preferable. R in A 410 and A 414 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom, and more preferably a hydrogen atom. When any of A 407 to A 409 and A 411 to A 413 represents CR, Rs may be connected to each other to form a ring.
 一般式(C-2)で表される白金錯体のうち、より好ましい態様の一つは下記一般式(C-5)で表される白金錯体である。 Of the platinum complexes represented by the general formula (C-2), one of the more preferred embodiments is a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 (一般式(C-5)中、A501~A512は、それぞれ独立に、C-R又は窒素原子を表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。L51は単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。) (In the general formula (C-5), A 501 to A 512 each independently represents C—R or a nitrogen atom, R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and L 51 represents a single bond or a divalent linkage. Represents a group.)
 一般式(C-5)について説明する。A501~A506及びL51は、前記一般式(C-4)におけるA401~A406及びL41と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 The general formula (C-5) will be described. A 501 to A 506 and L 51 have the same meanings as A 401 to A 406 and L 41 in formula (C-4), and preferred ranges are also the same.
 A507、A508及びA509とA510、A511及びA512は、及びそれぞれ独立に、C-R又は窒素原子を表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。Rで表される置換基としては、前記置換基群Aとして挙げたものが適用できる。A507、A508及びA509とA510、A511及びA512がC-Rである場合に、Rとして好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アリール基、芳香族へテロ環基、ジアルキルアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基、アルキルオキシ基、シアノ基、フッ素原子であり、より好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アリール基、ジアルキルアミノ基、シアノ基、フッ素原子、更に好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、トリフルオロメチル基、フッ素原子である。また可能な場合は置換基同士が連結して、縮環構造を形成してもよい。A507、A508及びA509とA510、A511及びA512のうち少なくとも一つは窒素原子であることが好ましく、特にA510又はA507が窒素原子であることが好ましい。 A 507 , A 508 and A 509 and A 510 , A 511 and A 512 and each independently represent C—R or a nitrogen atom. R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. As the substituent represented by R, those exemplified as the substituent group A can be applied. When A 507 , A 508 and A 509 and A 510 , A 511 and A 512 are CR , R is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, Dialkylamino group, diarylamino group, alkyloxy group, cyano group, fluorine atom, more preferably hydrogen atom, alkyl group, perfluoroalkyl group, aryl group, dialkylamino group, cyano group, fluorine atom, more preferably , Hydrogen atom, alkyl group, trifluoromethyl group, fluorine atom. Further, when possible, substituents may be linked to form a condensed ring structure. At least one of A 507 , A 508 and A 509 and A 510 , A 511 and A 512 is preferably a nitrogen atom, and particularly preferably A 510 or A 507 is a nitrogen atom.
 一般式(C-1)で表される白金錯体のうち、より好ましい別の態様は下記一般式(C-6)で表される白金錯体である。 Among the platinum complexes represented by the general formula (C-1), another more preferable embodiment is a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 (式中、L61は単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。A61はそれぞれ独立に炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。Z61、Z62はそれぞれ独立に含窒素芳香族ヘテロ環を表す。Z63はそれぞれ独立にベンゼン環又は芳香族ヘテロ環を表す。YはPtに結合するアニオン性の非環状配位子である。) (In the formula, L 61 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. A 61 independently represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom. Z 61 and Z 62 each independently represent a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring. Z 63 independently represents a benzene ring or an aromatic heterocycle, and Y is an anionic acyclic ligand bonded to Pt.)
 一般式(C-6)について説明する。L61は、前記一般式(C-1)中のLと同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。 The general formula (C-6) will be described. L 61 has the same meaning as L 1 in formula (C-1), and the preferred range is also the same.
 A61は炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。錯体の安定性の観点及び錯体の発光量子収率の観点からA61は炭素原子であることが好ましい。 A 61 represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom. In view of the stability of the complex and the light emission quantum yield of the complex, A 61 is preferably a carbon atom.
 Z61、Z62は、それぞれ前記一般式(C-2)におけるZ21、Z22と同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。Z63は、前記一般式(C-2)におけるZ23と同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。 Z 61 and Z 62 are synonymous with Z 21 and Z 22 in the general formula (C-2), respectively, and preferred ranges thereof are also the same. Z 63 has the same meaning as Z 23 in formula (C-2), and the preferred range is also the same.
 YはPtに結合するアニオン性の非環状配位子である。非環状配位子とはPtに結合する原子が配位子の状態で環を形成していないものである。Y中のPtに結合する原子としては、炭素原子、窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子が好ましく、窒素原子、酸素原子がより好ましく、酸素原子が最も好ましい。
 炭素原子でPtに結合するYとしてはビニル配位子が挙げられる。窒素原子でPtに結合するYとしてはアミノ配位子、イミノ配位子が挙げられる。酸素原子でPtに結合するYとしては、アルコキシ配位子、アリールオキシ配位子、ヘテロアリールオキシ配位子、アシルオキシ配位子、シリルオキシ配位子、カルボキシル配位子、リン酸配位子、スルホン酸配位子などが挙げられる。硫黄原子でPtに結合するYとしては、アルキルメルカプト配位子、アリールメルカプト配位子、ヘテロアリールメルカプト配位子、チオカルボン酸配位子などが挙げられる。
 Yで表される配位子は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては前記置換基群Aとして挙げたものが適宜適用できる。また置換基同士が連結していても良い。
Y is an anionic acyclic ligand that binds to Pt. An acyclic ligand is one in which atoms bonded to Pt do not form a ring in the form of a ligand. As an atom couple | bonded with Pt in Y, a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom are preferable, a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom are more preferable, and an oxygen atom is the most preferable.
A vinyl ligand is mentioned as Y couple | bonded with Pt by a carbon atom. Examples of Y bonded to Pt with a nitrogen atom include an amino ligand and an imino ligand. Examples of Y bonded to Pt with an oxygen atom include an alkoxy ligand, an aryloxy ligand, a heteroaryloxy ligand, an acyloxy ligand, a silyloxy ligand, a carboxyl ligand, a phosphate ligand, Examples thereof include sulfonic acid ligands. Examples of Y bonded to Pt with a sulfur atom include alkyl mercapto ligands, aryl mercapto ligands, heteroaryl mercapto ligands, and thiocarboxylic acid ligands.
The ligand represented by Y may have a substituent, and those listed as the substituent group A can be appropriately applied as the substituent. Moreover, substituents may be connected to each other.
 Yで表される配位子として好ましくは酸素原子でPtに結合する配位子であり、より好ましくはアシルオキシ配位子、アルキルオキシ配位子、アリールオキシ配位子、ヘテロアリールオキシ配位子、シリルオキシ配位子であり、更に好ましくはアシルオキシ配位子である。 The ligand represented by Y is preferably a ligand bonded to Pt with an oxygen atom, more preferably an acyloxy ligand, an alkyloxy ligand, an aryloxy ligand, a heteroaryloxy ligand. , A silyloxy ligand, and more preferably an acyloxy ligand.
 一般式(C-6)で表される白金錯体のうち、より好ましい態様の一つは下記一般式(C-7)で表される白金錯体である。 Of the platinum complexes represented by the general formula (C-6), one of more preferred embodiments is a platinum complex represented by the following general formula (C-7).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
(式中、A701~A710は、それぞれ独立に、C-R又は窒素原子を表す。Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。L71は単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。YはPtに結合するアニオン性の非環状配位子である。) (Wherein A 701 to A 710 each independently represents C—R or a nitrogen atom, R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, L 71 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, Y represents An anionic acyclic ligand that binds to Pt.)
 一般式(C-7)について説明する。L71は、前記一般式(C-6)中のL61と同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。A701~A710は一般式(C-4)におけるA401~A410と同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。Yは一般式(C-6)におけるYと同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。 The general formula (C-7) will be described. L 71 has the same meaning as L 61 in formula (C-6), and the preferred range is also the same. A 701 to A 710 have the same meanings as A 401 to A 410 in formula (C-4), and preferred ranges are also the same. Y has the same meaning as Y in formula (C-6), and the preferred range is also the same.
 一般式(C-1)で表される白金錯体として具体的には、特開2005-310733号公報の〔0143〕~〔0152〕、〔0157〕~〔0158〕、〔0162〕~〔0168〕に記載の化合物、特開2006-256999号公報の〔0065〕~〔0083〕に記載の化合物、特開2006-93542号公報の〔0065〕~〔0090〕に記載の化合物、特開2007-73891号公報の〔0063〕~〔0071〕に記載の化合物、特開2007-324309号公報の〔0079〕~〔0083〕に記載の化合物、特開2006-93542号公報の〔0065〕~〔0090〕に記載の化合物、特開2007-96255号公報の〔0055〕~〔0071〕に記載の化合物、特開2006-313796号公報の〔0043〕~〔0046〕が挙げられ、その他以下に例示する白金錯体が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the platinum complex represented by the general formula (C-1) include [0143] to [0152], [0157] to [0158], and [0162] to [0168] of JP-A-2005-310733. The compounds described in JP-A-2006-256999, [0065] to [0083], the compounds described in JP-A-2006-93542, [0065] to [0090], JP-A-2007-73891 Nos. [0063] to [0071] in Japanese Patent Publication No. JP-A-2007-324309, Nos. [0079] to [0083] in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2007-324309, No. [0065] to [0090] in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2006-93542 Compounds described in JP-A-2007-96255, compounds described in [0055] to [0071], JP-A-2006-313796 [0043] include - [0046], platinum complexes exemplified other following can be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 一般式(C-1)で表される白金錯体化合物は、例えば、Journal of Organic Chemistry 53,786,(1988)、G.R.Newkome et al.)の、789頁、左段53行~右段7行に記載の方法、790頁、左段18行~38行に記載の方法、790頁、右段19行~30行に記載の方法及びその組み合わせ、Chemische Berichte 113,2749(1980)、H.Lexyほか)の、2752頁、26行~35行に記載の方法等、種々の手法で合成できる。
 例えば、配位子、又はその解離体と金属化合物を溶媒(例えば、ハロゲン系溶媒、アルコール系溶媒、エーテル系溶媒、エステル系溶媒、ケトン系溶媒、ニトリル系溶媒、アミド系溶媒、スルホン系溶媒、スルホキサイド系溶媒、水などが挙げられる)の存在下、若しくは、溶媒非存在下、塩基の存在下(無機、有機の種々の塩基、例えば、ナトリウムメトキシド、t-ブトキシカリウム、トリエチルアミン、炭酸カリウムなどが挙げられる)、若しくは、塩基非存在下、室温以下、若しくは加熱し(通常の加熱以外にもマイクロウェーブで加熱する手法も有効である)得ることができる。
Examples of the platinum complex compound represented by the general formula (C-1) include Journal of Organic Chemistry 53,786, (1988), G.S. R. Newkome et al. ), Page 789, method described in left column 53 to right column 7, line 790, method described in left column 18 to 38, method 790, method described in right column 19 to 30 and The combination, Chemische Berichte 113, 2749 (1980), H.C. Lexy et al.), Page 2752, lines 26 to 35, and the like.
For example, a ligand or a dissociated product thereof and a metal compound are mixed with a solvent (for example, a halogen solvent, an alcohol solvent, an ether solvent, an ester solvent, a ketone solvent, a nitrile solvent, an amide solvent, a sulfone solvent, In the presence of a sulfoxide solvent, water, etc., or in the absence of a solvent, in the presence of a base (inorganic and organic bases such as sodium methoxide, t-butoxypotassium, triethylamine, potassium carbonate, etc.) Or in the absence of a base, at room temperature or below, or by heating (in addition to normal heating, a method of heating with a microwave is also effective).
 本発明の発光層における一般式(C-1)で表される化合物の含有量は発光層中1~30質量%であることが好ましく、3~25質量%であることがより好ましく、5~20質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the compound represented by formula (C-1) in the light emitting layer of the present invention is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 3 to 25% by mass in the light emitting layer. More preferably, it is 20 mass%.
 イリジウム錯体として好ましくは、下記一般式(T-1)で表されるイリジウム錯体である。
 〔一般式(T-1)で表される化合物〕
 一般式(T-1)で表される化合物について説明する。
The iridium complex is preferably an iridium complex represented by the following general formula (T-1).
[Compound represented by formula (T-1)]
The compound represented by formula (T-1) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 (一般式(T-1)中、RT3’、RT3、RT4、RT5及びRT6はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、シアノ基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、トリフルオロビニル基、-CO、-C(O)R、-N(R、-NO、-OR、ハロゲン原子、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Tを有していてもよい。
 Eは炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。
 Qは窒素を1つ以上含む5員又は6員の芳香族複素環又は縮合芳香族複素環である。
 該環Qにおいて、EとNを結ぶ線は一本の線で表されているが、結合種は問わず、それぞれ単結合でも二重結合でも良い。
 RT3、RT4、RT5及びRT6は隣り合う任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合4~7員環を形成してもよく、該縮合4~7員環は、シクロアルキル、アリール又はヘテロアリールであり、該縮合4~7員環は更に置換基Tを有していてもよい。また、該縮合4~7員環は更に縮環されていてもよく、該更なる縮環は置換基Tを有していてもよい。
 RT3’とRT6は、-C(R-C(R-、-CR=CR-、-C(R-、-O-、-NR-、-O-C(R-、-NR-C(R-及び-N=CR-から選択される連結基によって連結されて環を形成してもよく、Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Tを有していてもよい。また、2つのRは互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 置換基Tはそれぞれ独立に、フッ素原子、-R’、-OR’、-N(R’)、-SR’、-C(O)R’、-C(O)OR’、-C(O)N(R’)、-CN、-NO、-SO、-SOR’、-SOR’、又は-SOR’を表し、R’はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 (X-Y)は、配位子を表す。mは1~3の整数、nは0~2の整数を表す。m+nは3である。)
(In the general formula (T-1), R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, Represents a fluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R T , —C (O) R T , —N (R T ) 2 , —NO 2 , —OR T , a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group; You may have.
E represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
Q is a 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring or condensed aromatic heterocyclic ring containing one or more nitrogen atoms.
In the ring Q, the line connecting E and N is represented by a single line, but the bond type is not limited, and each may be a single bond or a double bond.
R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 may be any two adjacent to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl or hetero It is aryl, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent T. The condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may be further condensed, and the further condensed ring may have a substituent T.
R T3 ′ and R T6 are —C (R T ) 2 —C (R T ) 2 —, —CR T = CR T —, —C (R T ) 2 —, —O—, —NR T —, -O-C (R T) 2 -, - NR T -C (R T) 2 - and -N = CR T - are connected by a connecting group selected from may form a ring, R T is Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and may further have a substituent T. Two RTs may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
Each substituent T independently, a fluorine atom, -R ', - OR', - N (R ') 2, -SR', - C (O) R ', - C (O) OR', - C ( O) represents N (R ′) 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —SO 2 , —SOR ′, —SO 2 R ′, or —SO 3 R ′, and each R ′ independently represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl Represents a group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
(XY) represents a ligand. m represents an integer of 1 to 3, and n represents an integer of 0 to 2. m + n is 3. )
 アルキル基としては、置換基を有していてもよく、置換してもよい基としては、前述の置換基Tを挙げることができる。RT3’、RT3、RT4、RT5、RT6で表されるアルキル基として、好ましくは総炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは総炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基であり、例えばメチル基、エチル基、i-プロピル基、シクロヘキシル基、t-ブチル基等が挙げられる。
 シクロアルキル基としては、置換基を有していてもよく、置換してもよい基としては、前述の置換基Tを挙げることができる。RT3’、RT3、RT4、RT5、RT6で表されるシクロアルキル基として、好ましくは環員数4~7のシクロアルキル基であり、より好ましくは総炭素原子数5~6のシクロアルキル基であり、例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
 RT3’、RT3、RT4、RT5、RT6で表されるアルケニル基としては好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばビニル、アリル、1-プロペニル、1-イソプロペニル、1-ブテニル、2-ブテニル、3-ペンテニルなどが挙げられる。
 RT3’、RT3、RT4、RT5、RT6で表されるアルキニル基としては、好ましくは炭素数2~30、より好ましくは炭素数2~20、特に好ましくは炭素数2~10であり、例えばエチニル、プロパルギル、1-プロピニル、3-ペンチニルなどが挙げられる。
The alkyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the group that may be substituted include the substituent T described above. The alkyl group represented by R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Groups such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an i-propyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a t-butyl group.
The cycloalkyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the group that may be substituted include the above-described substituent T. The cycloalkyl group represented by R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 , and R T6 is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 ring members, and more preferably a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 total carbon atoms. Examples of the alkyl group include a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group.
The alkenyl group represented by R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples thereof include vinyl, allyl, 1-propenyl, 1-isopropenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl and the like.
The alkynyl group represented by R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 , R T6 is preferably a group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms. For example, ethynyl, propargyl, 1-propynyl, 3-pentynyl and the like.
 RT3’、RT3、RT4、RT5、RT6で表されるヘテロアルキル基は前記アルキル基の少なくとも1つの炭素がO、NR、又はSに置き換わった基を挙げることができる。 Examples of the heteroalkyl group represented by R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 , and R T6 include groups in which at least one carbon of the alkyl group is replaced with O, NR T , or S.
 RT3’、RT3、RT4、RT5、RT6で表されるハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられ、フッ素原子であることが好ましい。 Examples of the halogen atom represented by R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 , and R T6 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom is preferable.
 RT3’、RT3、RT4、RT5、RT6で表されるアリール基としては、好ましくは、炭素数6から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリール基であり、より好ましくは炭素数6~20のアリール基である。該アリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、ビフェニル基、アントリル基、ターフェニル基、フルオレニル基、フェナントリル基、ピレニル基、トリフェニレニル基、トリル基などが挙げられ、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、ビフェニル基、アントリル基、又はターフェニル基が好ましく、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基がより好ましい。 The aryl group represented by R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 6 carbon atoms. 20 aryl groups. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, an anthryl group, a terphenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a phenanthryl group, a pyrenyl group, a triphenylenyl group, and a tolyl group. Group, biphenyl group, anthryl group or terphenyl group is preferable, and phenyl group, fluorenyl group and naphthyl group are more preferable.
 RT3’、RT3、RT4、RT5、RT6で表されるヘテロアリール基としては、好ましくは、炭素数5~8のヘテロアリール基であり、より好ましくは、5又は6員の置換若しくは無置換のヘテロアリール基であり、例えば、ピリジル基、ピラジニル基、ピリダジニル基、ピリミジニル基、トリアジニル基、キノリニル基、イソキノリニル基、キナゾリニル基、シンノリニル基、フタラジニル基、キノキサリニル基、ピロリル基、インドリル基、フリル基、ベンゾフリル基、チエニル基、ベンゾチエニル基、ピラゾリル基、イミダゾリル基、ベンズイミダゾリル基、トリアゾリル基、オキサゾリル基、ベンズオキサゾリル基、チアゾリル基、ベンゾチアゾリル基、イソチアゾリル基、ベンズイソチアゾリル基、チアジアゾリル基、イソオキサゾリル基、ベンズイソオキサゾリル基、ピロリジニル基、ピペリジニル基、ピペラジニル基、イミダゾリジニル基、チアゾリニル基、スルホラニル基、カルバゾリル基、ジベンゾフリル基、ジベンゾチエニル基、ピリドインドリル基などが挙げられる。好ましい例としては、ピリジル基、ピリミジニル基、イミダゾリル基、チエニル基であり、より好ましくは、ピリジル基、ピリミジニル基である。 The heteroaryl group represented by R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 , and R T6 is preferably a heteroaryl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered substituent. Or an unsubstituted heteroaryl group, for example, pyridyl group, pyrazinyl group, pyridazinyl group, pyrimidinyl group, triazinyl group, quinolinyl group, isoquinolinyl group, quinazolinyl group, cinnolinyl group, phthalazinyl group, quinoxalinyl group, pyrrolyl group, indolyl group , Furyl group, benzofuryl group, thienyl group, benzothienyl group, pyrazolyl group, imidazolyl group, benzimidazolyl group, triazolyl group, oxazolyl group, benzoxazolyl group, thiazolyl group, benzothiazolyl group, isothiazolyl group, benzisothiazolyl group , Thiadiazolyl group, a Examples include a soxazolyl group, a benzisoxazolyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group, a piperidinyl group, a piperazinyl group, an imidazolidinyl group, a thiazolinyl group, a sulfolanyl group, a carbazolyl group, a dibenzothryl group, a dibenzothienyl group, and a pyridoindolyl group. Preferred examples include pyridyl group, pyrimidinyl group, imidazolyl group, and thienyl group, and more preferred are pyridyl group and pyrimidinyl group.
 RT3’、RT3、RT4、RT5及びRT6として好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、ジアルキルアミノ基、フッ素原子、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、フッ素原子、アリール基であり、更に好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基である。置換基Tとしては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、フッ素原子、シアノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基が好ましく、水素原子がより好ましい。 R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 are preferably a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, cyano group, trifluoromethyl group, perfluoroalkyl group, dialkylamino group, fluorine atom, aryl group, heteroaryl group And more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluorine atom or an aryl group, and still more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. As the substituent T, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, and a dialkylamino group are preferable, and a hydrogen atom is more preferable.
 RT3、RT4、RT5及びRT6は隣り合う任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合4~7員環を形成してもよく、該縮合4~7員環は、シクロアルキル、アリール又はヘテロアリールであり、該縮合4~7員環は更に置換基Tを有していてもよい。形成されるシクロアルキル、アリール、ヘテロアリールの定義及び好ましい範囲はRT3’、RT3、RT4、RT5、RT6で定義したシクロアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基と同じである。 R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 may be any two adjacent to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl or hetero It is aryl, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent T. The definition and preferred range of the cycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl formed are the same as the cycloalkyl group, aryl group and heteroaryl group defined by R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 .
 環Qが表す芳香族複素環としては、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラゾール環、ピロール環、イミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、オキサゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、チアゾール環、チアジアゾール環、等が挙げられる。好ましくはピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピラゾール環であり、より好ましくはピリジン環又はピラゾール環である。 Examples of the aromatic heterocycle represented by ring Q include a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrazole ring, a pyrrole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, an oxazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, a thiazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, and the like. . A pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring and a pyrazole ring are preferable, and a pyridine ring and a pyrazole ring are more preferable.
 環Qが表す縮合芳香族複素環としては、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、キノキサリン環等が挙げられる。好ましくはキノリン環、イソキノリン環であり、より好ましくはキノリン環である。 Examples of the condensed aromatic heterocycle represented by ring Q include a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, and a quinoxaline ring. Preferred are a quinoline ring and an isoquinoline ring, and more preferred is a quinoline ring.
 mは1~3であることが好ましく、2又は3であることがより好ましい。すなわち、nは0又は1であることが好ましい。錯体中の配位子の種類は1又は2種類から構成されることが好ましく、更に好ましくは1種類である。錯体分子内に反応性基を導入する際には合成容易性という観点から配位子が2種類からなることも好ましい。 M is preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 2 or 3. That is, n is preferably 0 or 1. It is preferable that the kind of ligand in a complex is comprised from 1 or 2 types, More preferably, it is 1 type. When introducing a reactive group into the complex molecule, it is also preferred that the ligand consists of two types from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis.
 一般式(T-1)で表される金属錯体は、一般式(T-1)における下記一般式(T-1-A)で表される配位子若しくはその互変異性体と、(X-Y)で表される配位子若しくはその互変異性体との組み合わせを含んで構成されるか、該金属錯体の配位子の全てが下記一般式(T-1-A)で表される配位子又はその互変異性体のみで構成されていてもよい。 The metal complex represented by the general formula (T-1) includes a ligand represented by the following general formula (T-1-A) in the general formula (T-1) or a tautomer thereof, and (X -Y) or a combination with a tautomer thereof, or all of the ligands of the metal complex are represented by the following general formula (T-1-A) Or a tautomer thereof.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 (一般式(T-1-A)中、RT3’、RT3、RT4、RT5、RT6、E及びQは、一般式(T-1)における、RT3’、RT3、RT4、RT5、RT6、E及びQと同義である。*はイリジウムへの配位位置を表す。) (In the general formula (T-1-A), R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 , R T6 , E and Q are the same as R T3 ′, R T3 , R in the general formula (T-1). ( It is synonymous with T4 , R T5 , R T6 , E and Q. * represents the coordination position to iridium.)
 更に従来公知の金属錯体形成に用いられる、所謂配位子として当該業者が周知の配位子(配位化合物ともいう)を必要に応じて(X-Y)で表される配位子として有していてもよい。 Further, as a so-called ligand used for forming a conventionally known metal complex, a ligand (also referred to as a coordination compound) well known by those skilled in the art is optionally used as a ligand represented by (XY). You may do it.
 従来公知の金属錯体に用いられる配位子としては、種々の公知の配位子があるが、例えば、「Photochemistry and Photophysics of Coordination Compounds」Springer-Verlag社 H.Yersin著 1987年発行、「有機金属化学-基礎と応用-」裳華房社 山本明夫著 1982年発行等に記載の配位子(例えば、ハロゲン配位子(好ましくは塩素配位子)、含窒素ヘテロアリール配位子(例えば、ビピリジル、フェナントロリンなど)、ジケトン配位子(例えば、アセチルアセトンなど)が挙げられる。(X-Y)で表される配位子として好ましくは、ジケトン類あるいはピコリン酸誘導体であり、錯体の安定性と高い発光効率が得られる観点から以下に示されるアセチルアセトネート(acac)であることが最も好ましい。 There are various known ligands used in conventionally known metal complexes. For example, “Photochemistry and Photophysics of Coordination Compounds” Springer-Verlag H. Included in ligands (eg, halogen ligands (preferably chlorine ligands), etc., published in 1987, published by Yersin, “Organometallic Chemistry-Fundamentals and Applications-” Nitrogen heteroaryl ligands (for example, bipyridyl, phenanthroline, etc.), diketone ligands (for example, acetylacetone, etc.) The ligand represented by (XY) is preferably a diketone or a picolinic acid. The derivative is most preferably acetylacetonate (acac) shown below from the viewpoint of obtaining stability of the complex and high luminous efficiency.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 *はイリジウムへの配位位置を表す。
 以下に、(X-Y)で表される配位子の例を具体的に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。
* Represents a coordination position to iridium.
Specific examples of the ligand represented by (XY) are given below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 上記(X-Y)で表される配位子の例において、*は一般式(T-1)におけるイリジウムへの配位位置を表す。Rx、Ry及びRzはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。該置換基としては前記置換基群Aから選ばれる置換基が挙げられる。好ましくは、Rx、Rzはそれぞれ独立にアルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、フッ素原子、アリール基のいずれかであり、より好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のペルフルオロアルキル基、フッ素原子、置換されていても良いフェニル基であり、最も好ましくはメチル基、エチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、フッ素原子、フェニル基である。Ryは好ましくは水素原子、アルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、フッ素原子、アリール基のいずれかであり、より好ましくは水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、置換されていても良いフェニル基であり、最も好ましくは水素原子、メチル基のいずれかである。これら配位子は素子中で電荷を輸送したり励起によって電子が集中する部位ではないと考えられるため、Rx、Ry、Rzは化学的に安定な置換基であれば良く、本発明の効果にも影響を及ぼさない。 錯体合成が容易であるため好ましくは(I-1)、(I-4)、(I-5)であり、最も好ましくは(I-1)である。これらの配位子を有する錯体は、対応する配位子前駆体を用いることで公知の合成例と同様に合成できる。例えば国際公開2009-073245号46ページに記載の方法と同様に、市販のジフルオロアセチルアセトンを用いて以下に示す方法で合成する事ができる。 In the example of the ligand represented by the above (XY), * represents the coordination position to iridium in the general formula (T-1). Rx, Ry and Rz each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a substituent selected from the substituent group A. Preferably, Rx and Rz are each independently an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, a fluorine atom or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, A fluorine atom and an optionally substituted phenyl group are most preferred, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a fluorine atom and a phenyl group are most preferred. Ry is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a perfluoroalkyl group, a fluorine atom, or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted phenyl group. And most preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Since these ligands are not considered to be sites where electrons are transported in the device or where electrons are concentrated by excitation, Rx, Ry, and Rz may be any chemically stable substituent, and the effects of the present invention can be achieved. Also has no effect. (I-1), (I-4) and (I-5) are preferred because complex synthesis is easy, and (I-1) is most preferred. Complexes having these ligands can be synthesized in the same manner as in known synthesis examples by using corresponding ligand precursors. For example, in the same manner as described in International Publication No. 2009-073245, page 46, it can be synthesized by the following method using commercially available difluoroacetylacetone.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 また、配位子として一般式(I‐15)に示すモノアニオン性配位子を用いる事もできる。 In addition, a monoanionic ligand represented by the general formula (I-15) can also be used as the ligand.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 一般式(I‐15)におけるRT7~RT10は、一般式(T-1)におけるRT3~RT6と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。RT7’~R T10’は、RT3’と同義であり、好ましい範囲もRT3’と同様である。*はイリジウムへの配位位置を表す。 R T7 to R T10 in general formula (I-15) have the same meanings as R T3 to R T6 in general formula (T-1), and the preferred ranges are also the same. R T7 ′ to R T10 ′ have the same meaning as R T3 ′, and the preferred range is also the same as R T3 ′. * Represents a coordination position to iridium.
 前記一般式(T-1)で表される化合物は、好ましくは下記一般式(T-2)で表される化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (T-1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (T-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 (一般式(T-2)中、RT3’~ RT6’及びRT3~RT6はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、-CN、ペルフルオロアルキル基、トリフルオロビニル基、-CO、-C(O)R、-N(R、-NO、-OR、フッ素原子、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Tを有していてもよい。
 RT3、RT4、RT5及びRT6は隣り合う任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合4~7員環を形成してもよく、該縮合4~7員環は更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。
 RT3’とRT6は、-C(R-C(R-、-CR=CR-、-C(R-、-O-、-NR-、-O-C(R-、-NR-C(R-及び-N=CR-から選択される連結基によって連結されて環を形成してもよい。
 Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Tを有していてもよい。
 置換基Tはそれぞれ独立に、フッ素原子、-R’、-OR’、-N(R’)、-SR’、-C(O)R’、-C(O)OR’、-C(O)N(R’)、-CN、-NO、-SO、-SOR’、-SOR’、又は-SOR’を表し、R’はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 (X-Y)は、配位子を表す。mは1~3の整数、nは0~2の整数を表す。m+nは3である。)
(In the general formula (T-2), R T3 ′ to R T6 ′ and R T3 to R T6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, —CN, perfluoroalkyl group, trifluorovinyl. Group, —CO 2 R T , —C (O) R T , —N (R T ) 2 , —NO 2 , —OR T , a fluorine atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and further having a substituent T You may do it.
R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 may be any two adjacent to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring further has a substituent Z It may be.
R T3 ′ and R T6 are —C (R T ) 2 —C (R T ) 2 —, —CR T = CR T —, —C (R T ) 2 —, —O—, —NR T —, A ring may be formed by linking with a linking group selected from —O—C (R T ) 2 —, —NR T —C (R T ) 2 —, and —N═CR T —.
R T each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and may further have a substituent T.
Each substituent T independently, a fluorine atom, -R ', - OR', - N (R ') 2, -SR', - C (O) R ', - C (O) OR', - C ( O) represents N (R ′) 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —SO 2 , —SOR ′, —SO 2 R ′, or —SO 3 R ′, and each R ′ independently represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl Represents a group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
(XY) represents a ligand. m represents an integer of 1 to 3, and n represents an integer of 0 to 2. m + n is 3. )
 一般式(T-2)におけるRT3’、RT3~RT6、(X-Y)、m及びnの好ましい範囲は、一般式(T-1)におけるRT3’、RT3~RT6、(X-Y)、m及びnの好ましい範囲と同様である。
 RT4’は水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、フッ素原子が好ましく、水素原子がより好ましい。
 RT5’及びRT6’は水素原子を表すか、又は互いに結合して縮合4~7員環式基を形成することが好ましく、該縮合4~7員環式基は、シクロアルキル、シクロヘテロアルキル、アリール、又はヘテロアリールであることがより好ましく、アリールであることが更に好ましい。
 RT4’~R T6’における置換基Tとしてはアルキル基、アルコキシ基、フッ素原子、シアノ基、アルキルアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基が好ましく、アルキル基がより好ましい。
R T3 in the general formula (T-2) ', R T3 ~ R T6, (X-Y), the preferred range of m and n, R T3 in the general formula (T-1)', R T3 ~ R T6, This is the same as the preferred range of (XY), m and n.
R T4 ′ is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a fluorine atom, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
R T5 ′ and R T6 ′ represent a hydrogen atom or are preferably bonded to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered cyclic group, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered cyclic group includes cycloalkyl, cyclohetero More preferred is alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, and even more preferred is aryl.
As the substituent T in R T4 ′ to R T6 ′, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, an alkylamino group, and a diarylamino group are preferable, and an alkyl group is more preferable.
 前記一般式(T-2)で表される化合物の好ましい形態の一つは、一般式(T-2)においてRT3’、RT4’、RT5’、RT6’、RT3、RT4、RT5及びRT6のうち、隣り合う任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合環を形成しない場合である。 One of preferable forms of the compound represented by the general formula (T-2) is R T3 ′, R T4 ′, R T5 ′, R T6 ′, R T3 , R T4 in the general formula (T-2). , R T5 and R T6 , any two adjacent groups are not bonded to each other to form a condensed ring.
 前記一般式(T-2)で表される化合物の好ましい形態の一つは、下記一般式(T-3)で表される場合である。 One preferred form of the compound represented by the general formula (T-2) is a case represented by the following general formula (T-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 一般式(T-3)におけるRT3’~R T6’、RT3~RT6は、一般式(T-2)におけるRT3’~RT6’、RT3~RT6と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
 RT7~RT10は、RT3~RT6と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。RT7’~R T10’は、RT3’~RT6’と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。
R T3 '~ R T6' in the general formula (T3), R T3 ~ R T6 is, R T3 in the general formula (T-2) '~ R T6', have the same meaning as R T3 ~ R T6, preferably The range is the same.
R T7 to R T10 have the same meanings as R T3 to R T6 , and preferred ranges are also the same. R T7 ′ to R T10 ′ have the same meanings as R T3 ′ to R T6 ′, and preferred ranges are also the same.
 前記一般式(T-2)で表される化合物の好ましい別の形態は、下記一般式(T-4)で表される化合物である。 Another preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the general formula (T-2) is a compound represented by the following general formula (T-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 一般式(T-4)におけるRT3’~R T6’、RT3~RT6、(X-Y)、m及びnは、一般式(T-2)におけるRT3’~RT6’、RT3~RT6、(X-Y)、m及びnと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。RT3’~RT6’及びRT3~RT6のうち、0~2つがアルキル基又はフェニル基で残りが全て水素原子である場合が特に好ましく、RT3’~RT6’及びRT3~RT6のうち、1つ又は2つがアルキル基で残りが全て水素原子である場合が更に好ましい。 R T3 ′ to R T6 ′, R T3 to R T6 , (XY), m and n in the general formula (T-4) are R T3 ′ to R T6 ′ and R in the general formula (T-2). It is synonymous with T3 to R T6 , (XY), m and n, and the preferred range is also the same. Among R T3 ′ to R T6 ′ and R T3 to R T6 , it is particularly preferred that 0 to 2 are alkyl groups or phenyl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms, and R T3 ′ to R T6 ′ and R T3 to R More preferably, one or two of T6 are alkyl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms.
 前記一般式(T-2)で表される化合物の好ましい別の形態は、下記一般式(T-5)で表される化合物である。 Another preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the general formula (T-2) is a compound represented by the following general formula (T-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 一般式(T-5)におけるRT3’~R T7’、RT3~RT6、(X-Y)、m及びnは、一般式(T-2)におけるRT3’~RT6’、RT3~RT6、(X-Y)、m及びnと同義であり、好ましいものも同様である。 R T3 ′ to R T7 ′, R T3 to R T6 , (XY), m and n in the general formula (T-5) are R T3 ′ to R T6 ′ and R in the general formula (T-2). T3 to R T6 have the same meanings as (XY), m and n, and the preferred ones are also the same.
 一般式(T-1)で表される化合物の好ましい別の形態は、下記一般式(T-6)で表される場合である。 Another preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the general formula (T-1) is a case represented by the following general formula (T-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 一般式(T-6)中、R1a~R1iの定義や好ましい範囲は一般式(T-1)におけるRT3~RT6におけるものと同様である。またR1a~R1iのうち、 0~2つがアルキル基又はアリール基で残りが全て水素原子である場合が特に好ましい。(X-Y)、m、及びnの定義や好ましい範囲は一般式(T-1)における(X-Y)、m、及びnと同様である。 In general formula (T-6), the definitions and preferred ranges of R 1a to R 1i are the same as those in R T3 to R T6 in general formula (T-1). Further, it is particularly preferable that 0 to 2 of R 1a to R 1i are alkyl groups or aryl groups and the rest are all hydrogen atoms. The definitions and preferred ranges of (XY), m, and n are the same as (XY), m, and n in formula (T-1).
 一般式(T-1)で表される化合物の好ましい別の形態は、下記一般式(TC-1)で表される場合である。 Another preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the general formula (T-1) is a case represented by the following general formula (TC-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 (一般式(TC-1)中、RT3’~RT5’及びRT3~RT6はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、シアノ基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、トリフルオロビニル基、-CO、-C(O)R、-N(R、-NO、-OR、ハロゲン原子、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Tを有していてもよい。 
 RT3、RT4、RT5及びRT6は隣り合う任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合4~7員環を形成してもよく、該縮合4~7員環は更に置換基Tを有していてもよい。
 RT3’、RT4’、及びRT5’は隣り合う任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合4~7員環を形成してもよく、該縮合4~7員環は更に置換基Tを有していてもよい。
 RT3’とRT6は、-C(R-C(R-、-CR=CR-、-C(R-、-O-、-NR-、-O-C(R-、-NR-C(R-及び-N=CR-から選択される連結基によって連結されて環を形成してもよい。
 Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Tを有していてもよい。
 置換基Tはそれぞれ独立に、フッ素原子、-R’、-OR’、-N(R’)、-SR’、-C(O)R’、-C(O)OR’、-C(O)N(R’)、-CN、-NO、-SO、-SOR’、-SOR’、又は-SOR’を表し、R’はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 (X-Y)は、配位子を表す。mは1~3の整数、nは0~2の整数を表す。m+nは3である。)
(In the general formula (TC-1), R T3 ′ to R T5 ′ and R T3 to R T6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, or trifluorovinyl. Group, —CO 2 R T , —C (O) R T , —N (R T ) 2 , —NO 2 , —OR T , a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and further having a substituent T You may do it.
R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 may be combined with each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring further has a substituent T. It may be.
R T3 ', R T4', and R T5 'are two arbitrary adjacent but may form a fused 4-7 membered ring bonded to each other, the condensed 4-7 membered ring may further have a substituent group T You may do it.
R T3 ′ and R T6 are —C (R T ) 2 —C (R T ) 2 —, —CR T = CR T —, —C (R T ) 2 —, —O—, —NR T —, A ring may be formed by linking with a linking group selected from —O—C (R T ) 2 —, —NR T —C (R T ) 2 —, and —N═CR T —.
R T each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and may further have a substituent T.
Each substituent T independently, a fluorine atom, -R ', - OR', - N (R ') 2, -SR', - C (O) R ', - C (O) OR', - C ( O) represents N (R ′) 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —SO 2 , —SOR ′, —SO 2 R ′, or —SO 3 R ′, and each R ′ independently represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl Represents a group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
(XY) represents a ligand. m represents an integer of 1 to 3, and n represents an integer of 0 to 2. m + n is 3. )
 一般式(TC-1)におけるRT3’、RT3~RT6、(X-Y)、m及びnの好ましい範囲は、一般式(T-1)におけるRT3’、RT3~RT6、(X-Y)、m及びnの好ましい範囲と同様である。
 RT4’は水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基が好ましく、水素原子又はアリール基がより好ましい。該アリール基として、好ましくは炭素数6から30の置換若しくは無置換のアリール基であり、より好ましくは炭素数6~20のアリール基である。該アリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、ビフェニル基、アントリル基、ターフェニル基、フルオレニル基、フェナントリル基、ピレニル基、トリフェニレニル基、トリル基などが挙げられ、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、ビフェニル基、トリフェニレニル基、アントリル基、又はターフェニル基が好ましく、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、ナフチル基、トリフェニレニル基がより好ましい。
R T3 ′, R T3 to R T6 , (XY), m and n in the general formula (TC-1) are preferably in the ranges R T3 ′, R T3 to R T6 in the general formula (T-1), This is the same as the preferred range of (XY), m and n.
R T4 ′ is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an aryl group. The aryl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, an anthryl group, a terphenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a phenanthryl group, a pyrenyl group, a triphenylenyl group, and a tolyl group. Group, biphenyl group, triphenylenyl group, anthryl group or terphenyl group is preferable, and phenyl group, biphenyl group, naphthyl group and triphenylenyl group are more preferable.
 RT5’は水素原子、アルキル基、又はアリール基が好ましく、水素原子又はアルキル基がより好ましい。該アルキル基として、好ましくは炭素数1~10であり、例えばメチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基、n-オクチル基、n-デシル基、n-ヘキサデシル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ネオペンチル基などが挙げられ、好ましくはメチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基であり、より好ましくはメチル基である。 R T5 ′ is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms. For example, methyl group, ethyl group, isopropyl group, t-butyl group, n-octyl group, n-decyl group, n-hexadecyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclopentyl Group, cyclohexyl group, neopentyl group and the like, preferably methyl group, ethyl group, isopropyl group and t-butyl group, more preferably methyl group.
 前記一般式(TC-1)の好ましい形態の一つは、RT4、RT5及びRT6のうち、隣り合う任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合環を形成する場合である。該環としてはシクロアルキル、シクロヘテロアルキル、アリール、又はヘテロアリールであることがより好ましい。特に、RT4、RT5が互いに結合してヘテロアリール環を形成することが好ましい。 One of the preferable forms of the general formula (TC-1) is a case where any two adjacent R T4 , R T5 and R T6 are bonded to each other to form a condensed ring. The ring is more preferably cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl. In particular, R T4 and R T5 are preferably bonded to each other to form a heteroaryl ring.
 一般式(TC-1)において、mは3であることが好ましく、nは0であることが好ましい。 In the general formula (TC-1), m is preferably 3, and n is preferably 0.
 一般式(TC-1)は、好ましくは下記一般式(TC-2)である。 The general formula (TC-1) is preferably the following general formula (TC-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 (一般式(TC-2)中、RT3’~RT5’、RT3、RT6、及びRTC1~RTC4はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、シアノ基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、トリフルオロビニル基、-CO、-C(O)R、-N(R、-NO、-OR、ハロゲン原子、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Tを有していてもよい。
 RT3’、RT4’、及びRT5’は隣り合う任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合4~7員環を形成してもよく、該縮合4~7員環は更に置換基Tを有していてもよい。
 RT3’とRT6は、-C(R-C(R-、-CR=CR-、-C(R-、-O-、-NR-、-O-C(R-、-NR-C(R-及び-N=CR-から選択される連結基によって連結されて環を形成してもよい。
 Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Tを有していてもよい。
 置換基Tはそれぞれ独立に、フッ素原子、-R’、-OR’、-N(R’)、-SR’、-C(O)R’、-C(O)OR’、-C(O)N(R’)、-CN、-NO、-SO、-SOR’、-SOR’、又は-SOR’を表し、R’はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
 Wは、水素原子若しくは置換基Tが結合した炭素原子、酸素原子、又は硫黄原子を表す。
 (X-Y)は、配位子を表す。mは1~3の整数、nは0~2の整数を表す。m+nは3である。)
(In the general formula (TC-2), R T3 ′ to R T5 ′, R T3 , R T6 , and R TC1 to R TC4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cyano group, Represents a perfluoroalkyl group, a trifluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R T , —C (O) R T , —N (R T ) 2 , —NO 2 , —OR T , a halogen atom, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group. Further, it may have a substituent T.
R T3 ', R T4', and R T5 'are two arbitrary adjacent but may form a fused 4-7 membered ring bonded to each other, the condensed 4-7 membered ring may further have a substituent group T You may do it.
R T3 ′ and R T6 are —C (R T ) 2 —C (R T ) 2 —, —CR T = CR T —, —C (R T ) 2 —, —O—, —NR T —, A ring may be formed by linking with a linking group selected from —O—C (R T ) 2 —, —NR T —C (R T ) 2 —, and —N═CR T —.
R T each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and may further have a substituent T.
Each substituent T independently, a fluorine atom, -R ', - OR', - N (R ') 2, -SR', - C (O) R ', - C (O) OR', - C ( O) represents N (R ′) 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —SO 2 , —SOR ′, —SO 2 R ′, or —SO 3 R ′, and each R ′ independently represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl Represents a group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
W represents a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom to which a hydrogen atom or a substituent T is bonded.
(XY) represents a ligand. m represents an integer of 1 to 3, and n represents an integer of 0 to 2. m + n is 3. )
 一般式(TC-2)におけるRT3’~RT5’、RT3及びRT6、(X-Y)、m及びnの好ましい範囲は、一般式(TC-1)におけるRT3’~ RT5’、RT3及びRT6、(X-Y)、m及びnの好ましい範囲と同様である。
 RTC1~RTC4の好ましい範囲はRT3の好ましい範囲と同様であり、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基であることが好ましく、水素原子であることがより好ましい。
 Wは置換基Tを有する炭素原子であることが好ましく、該置換基Tとしてはアルキル基が好ましく、該アルキル基としては、好ましくはメチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基であり、より好ましくはメチル基である。
 また、一般式(TC-1)については特開2008-147353号公報にも記載されている。
In the general formula (TC-2), R T3 ′ to R T5 ′, R T3 and R T6 , (XY), m, and n preferably have R T3 ′ to R T5 in the general formula (TC-1). ', R T3 and R T6 , (XY), m and n are the same as the preferred ranges.
The preferred range of R TC1 to R TC4 is the same as the preferred range of R T3 , preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
W is preferably a carbon atom having a substituent T, and the substituent T is preferably an alkyl group, and the alkyl group is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, or a t-butyl group. More preferably, it is a methyl group.
The general formula (TC-1) is also described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-147353.
 一般式(T-1)で表される化合物の好ましい具体例を以下に列挙するが、以下に限定されるものではない。 Preferred specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (T-1) are listed below, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 上記一般式(T-1)で表される化合物として例示した化合物は、特開2009-99783号公報に記載の方法や、米国特許7279232号等に記載の種々の方法で合成できる。合成後、カラムクロマトグラフィー、再結晶等による精製を行った後、昇華精製により精製することが好ましい。昇華精製により、有機不純物を分離できるだけでなく、無機塩や残留溶媒等を効果的に取り除くことができる。 The compounds exemplified as the compound represented by the general formula (T-1) can be synthesized by the method described in JP2009-99783A or various methods described in US Pat. No. 7,279,232. After synthesis, it is preferable to purify by sublimation purification after purification by column chromatography, recrystallization or the like. By sublimation purification, not only can organic impurities be separated, but inorganic salts and residual solvents can be effectively removed.
 一般式(T-1)で表される化合物は、発光層に含有されるが、その用途が限定されることはなく、更に有機層内のいずれの層に更に含有されてもよい。 The compound represented by the general formula (T-1) is contained in the light emitting layer, but its use is not limited and may be further contained in any layer in the organic layer.
 イリジウム錯体として、一般式(T-1)で表される化合物以外に、下記一般式(T-7)で表される化合物や、カルベンを配位子として有するものも好ましく用いることができる。 As the iridium complex, in addition to the compound represented by the general formula (T-1), a compound represented by the following general formula (T-7) or a compound having a carbene as a ligand can also be preferably used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 一般式(T-7)中、RT11~RT17は、一般式(T-2)におけるRT3~RT6と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。また、(X-Y)、n、及びmは一般式(T-2)における(X-Y)、n、及びmと同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 In the general formula (T-7), R T11 to R T17 have the same meanings as R T3 to R T6 in the general formula (T-2), and preferred ranges thereof are also the same. (XY), n, and m have the same meanings as (XY), n, and m in formula (T-2), and the preferred ranges are also the same.
 これらの好ましい具体例を以下に列挙するが、以下に限定されるものではない。 These preferred specific examples are listed below, but are not limited to the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 発光層中の発光材料は、発光層中に一般的に発光層を形成する全化合物質量に対して、0.1質量%~50質量%含有されるが、耐久性、外部量子効率の観点から1質量%~50質量%含有されることが好ましく、2質量%~40質量%含有されることがより好ましい。 The light emitting material in the light emitting layer is generally contained in the light emitting layer in an amount of 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the compound forming the light emitting layer. From the viewpoint of durability and external quantum efficiency. The content is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, and more preferably 2% by mass to 40% by mass.
 発光層の厚さは、特に限定されるものではないが、通常、2nm~500nmであるのが好ましく、中でも、外部量子効率の観点で、3nm~200nmであるのがより好ましく、5nm~100nmであるのが更に好ましい。 The thickness of the light emitting layer is not particularly limited, but is usually preferably 2 nm to 500 nm, and more preferably 3 nm to 200 nm, and more preferably 5 nm to 100 nm from the viewpoint of external quantum efficiency. More preferably.
 本発明の素子における発光層は、ホスト材料と発光材料の混合層とした構成でも良い。発光材料は蛍光発光材料でも燐光発光材料であっても良く、ドーパントは一種であっても二種以上であっても良い。ホスト材料は電荷輸送材料であることが好ましい。ホスト材料は一種であっても二種以上であっても良く、例えば、電子輸送性のホスト材料とホール輸送性のホスト材料を混合した構成が挙げられる。更に、発光層中に電荷輸送性を有さず、発光しない材料を含んでいても良い。
 また、発光層は一層であっても二層以上の多層であってもよい。また、それぞれの発光層が異なる発光色で発光してもよい。
The light emitting layer in the element of the present invention may have a mixed layer of a host material and a light emitting material. The light emitting material may be a fluorescent light emitting material or a phosphorescent light emitting material, and the dopant may be one kind or two or more kinds. The host material is preferably a charge transport material. The host material may be one kind or two or more kinds, and examples thereof include a configuration in which an electron transporting host material and a hole transporting host material are mixed. Furthermore, the light emitting layer may include a material that does not have charge transporting properties and does not emit light.
Further, the light emitting layer may be a single layer or a multilayer of two or more layers. In addition, each light emitting layer may emit light with different emission colors.
<ホスト材料>
 本発明に用いられるホスト材料は、一般式(1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
<Host material>
The host material used in the present invention is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (1).
 本発明に用いられるホスト材料として、一般式(1)で表される化合物の他、以下の化合物を含有していても良い。
 ホスト材料は電子輸送材料及びホール輸送性材料を挙げることができ、電荷輸送材料であることが好ましい。ホスト材料は1種であっても2種以上であっても良く、例えば、電子輸送性のホスト材料とホール輸送性のホスト材料を混合した構成が挙げられる。
 例えば、ピロール、インドール、カルバゾール(例えばCBP(4,4’-ジ(9-カルバゾリル)ビフェニル)、3,3’-ジ(9-カルバゾリル)ビフェニル))、アザインドール、アザカルバゾール、トリアゾール、オキサゾール、オキサジアゾール、ピラゾール、イミダゾール、チオフェン、ポリアリールアルカン、ピラゾリン、ピラゾロン、フェニレンジアミン、アリールアミン、アミノ置換カルコン、スチリルアントラセン、フルオレノン、ヒドラゾン、スチルベン、シラザン、芳香族第三級アミン化合物、スチリルアミン化合物、ポルフィリン系化合物、ポリシラン系化合物、ポリ(N-ビニルカルバゾール)、アニリン系共重合体、チオフェンオリゴマー、ポリチオフェン等の導電性高分子オリゴマー、有機シラン、カーボン膜、ピリジン、ピリミジン、トリアジン、イミダゾール、ピラゾール、トリアゾ-ル、オキサゾ-ル、オキサジアゾ-ル、フルオレノン、アントラキノジメタン、アントロン、ジフェニルキノン、チオピランジオキシド、カルボジイミド、フルオレニリデンメタン、ジスチリルピラジン、フッ素置換芳香族化合物、ナフタレンペリレン等の複素環テトラカルボン酸無水物、フタロシアニン、8-キノリノ-ル誘導体の金属錯体やメタルフタロシアニン、ベンゾオキサゾ-ルやベンゾチアゾ-ルを配位子とする金属錯体に代表される各種金属錯体及びそれらの誘導体(置換基や縮環を有していてもよい)等を挙げることができる。
As a host material used in the present invention, in addition to the compound represented by the general formula (1), the following compounds may be contained.
Examples of the host material include an electron transport material and a hole transport material, and a charge transport material is preferable. The host material may be one type or two or more types, and examples thereof include a configuration in which an electron transporting host material and a hole transporting host material are mixed.
For example, pyrrole, indole, carbazole (eg, CBP (4,4′-di (9-carbazolyl) biphenyl), 3,3′-di (9-carbazolyl) biphenyl)), azaindole, azacarbazole, triazole, oxazole, Oxadiazole, pyrazole, imidazole, thiophene, polyarylalkane, pyrazoline, pyrazolone, phenylenediamine, arylamine, amino-substituted chalcone, styrylanthracene, fluorenone, hydrazone, stilbene, silazane, aromatic tertiary amine compound, styrylamine compound , Porphyrin compounds, polysilane compounds, poly (N-vinylcarbazole), aniline copolymers, thiophene oligomers, conductive polymer oligomers such as polythiophene, organosilanes, carbon , Pyridine, pyrimidine, triazine, imidazole, pyrazole, triazole, oxazole, oxadiazol, fluorenone, anthraquinodimethane, anthrone, diphenylquinone, thiopyran dioxide, carbodiimide, fluorenylidenemethane, distyrylpyrazine Fluorine-substituted aromatic compounds, heterocyclic tetracarboxylic anhydrides such as naphthaleneperylene, metal complexes of phthalocyanine and 8-quinolinol derivatives, metal phthalocyanines, metal complexes having benzoxazole and benzothiazol as ligands Examples thereof include various metal complexes and derivatives thereof (which may have a substituent or a condensed ring).
 本発明における発光層において、前記ホスト材料三重項最低励起エネルギー(Tエネルギー)が、前記燐光発光材料のTエネルギーより高いことが色純度、発光効率、駆動耐久性の点で好ましい。 In the light emitting layer of the present invention, the host material triplet lowest excitation energy (T 1 energy) is preferably higher than the T 1 energy of the phosphorescent light emitting material in terms of color purity, light emission efficiency, and driving durability.
 また、本発明におけるホスト化合物の含有量は、特に限定されるものではないが、発光効率、駆動電圧の観点から、発光層を形成する全化合物質量に対して15質量%以上95質量%以下であることが好ましい。 Further, the content of the host compound in the present invention is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of light emission efficiency and driving voltage, it is 15% by mass to 95% by mass with respect to the total compound mass forming the light emitting layer. Preferably there is.
(電荷輸送層)
 電荷輸送層とは、有機電界発光素子に電圧を印加した際に電荷移動が起こる層をいう。具体的には正孔注入層、正孔輸送層、電子ブロック層、発光層、正孔ブロック層、電子輸送層又は電子注入層が挙げられる。好ましくは、正孔注入層、正孔輸送層、電子ブロック層又は発光層である。塗布法により形成される電荷輸送層が正孔注入層、正孔輸送層、電子ブロック層又は発光層であれば、低コストかつ高効率な有機電界発光素子の製造が可能となる。また、電荷輸送層として、より好ましくは、正孔注入層、正孔輸送層又は電子ブロック層である。
(Charge transport layer)
The charge transport layer is a layer in which charge transfer occurs when a voltage is applied to the organic electroluminescent element. Specific examples include a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron block layer, a light emitting layer, a hole block layer, an electron transport layer, and an electron injection layer. A hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron blocking layer, or a light emitting layer is preferable. If the charge transport layer formed by the coating method is a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron blocking layer, or a light emitting layer, it is possible to manufacture an organic electroluminescent element with low cost and high efficiency. The charge transport layer is more preferably a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, or an electron block layer.
(正孔注入層、正孔輸送層)
 正孔注入層、正孔輸送層は、陽極又は陽極側から正孔を受け取り陰極側に輸送する機能を有する層である。
 正孔注入層、正孔輸送層については、例えば、特開2008-270736、特開2007-266458に詳述されており、これらの公報に記載の事項を本発明に適用することができる。
 正孔輸送層の厚さとしては、1nm~500nmであるのが好ましく、5nm~200nmであるのがより好ましく、10nm~100nmであるのが更に好ましい。
 正孔注入層の厚さとしては、0.1nm~200nmであるのが好ましく、0.5nm~100nmであるのがより好ましく、1nm~100nmであるのが更に好ましい。
 また、下記化合物も正孔注入材料として好ましく用いることができる。
(Hole injection layer, hole transport layer)
The hole injection layer and the hole transport layer are layers having a function of receiving holes from the anode or the anode side and transporting them to the cathode side.
The hole injection layer and the hole transport layer are described in detail, for example, in JP-A-2008-270736 and JP-A-2007-266458, and the matters described in these publications can be applied to the present invention.
The thickness of the hole transport layer is preferably 1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 5 nm to 200 nm, and even more preferably 10 nm to 100 nm.
The thickness of the hole injection layer is preferably from 0.1 nm to 200 nm, more preferably from 0.5 nm to 100 nm, and even more preferably from 1 nm to 100 nm.
The following compounds can also be preferably used as the hole injection material.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 正孔注入層には電子受容性ドーパントを含有することが好ましい。正孔注入層に電子受容性ドーパントを含有することにより、正孔注入性が向上し、駆動電圧が低下する、効率が向上するなどの効果がある。電子受容性ドーパントとは、ドープされる材料から電子を引き抜き、ラジカルカチオンを発生させることが可能な材料であれば有機材料、無機材料のうちいかなるものでもよいが、例えば、テトラシアノキノジメタン(TCNQ)、テトラフルオロテトラシアノキノジメタン(F-TCNQ)、酸化モリブデンなどが挙げられる。 The hole injection layer preferably contains an electron accepting dopant. By containing an electron-accepting dopant in the hole injection layer, hole injection properties are improved, driving voltage is lowered, and efficiency is improved. The electron-accepting dopant may be any organic material or inorganic material as long as it can extract electrons from the doped material and generate radical cations. For example, tetracyanoquinodimethane ( TCNQ), tetrafluorotetracyanoquinodimethane (F 4 -TCNQ), molybdenum oxide, and the like.
 正孔注入層中の電子受容性ドーパントは、正孔注入層を形成する全化合物質量に対して、0.1質量%~50質量%含有されることが好ましく、0.1質量%~40質量%含有されることがより好ましく、0.5質量%~30質量%含有されることがより好ましい。 The electron-accepting dopant in the hole injection layer is preferably contained in an amount of 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, and preferably 0.1% by mass to 40% by mass with respect to the total mass of the compound forming the hole injection layer. % Content is more preferable, and 0.5% by mass to 30% by mass is more preferable.
(電子注入層、電子輸送層)
 電子注入層、電子輸送層は、陰極又は陰極側から電子を受け取り陽極側に輸送する機能を有する層である。これらの層に用いる電子注入材料、電子輸送材料は低分子化合物であっても高分子化合物であってもよい。
 電子注入層、電子輸送層については、例えば、特開2008-270736、特開2007-266458に詳述されており、これらの公報に記載の事項を本発明に適用することができる。
 電子輸送層の厚さとしては、1nm~500nmであるのが好ましく、5nm~200nmであるのがより好ましく、10nm~100nmであるのが更に好ましい。
 電子注入層の厚さとしては、0.1nm~200nmであるのが好ましく、0.2nm~100nmであるのがより好ましく、0.5nm~50nmであるのが更に好ましい。
 本発明の素子においては、電子輸送層には前記一般式(E-1)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。
 電子注入層には電子供与性ドーパントを含有することが好ましい。電子注入層に電子供与性ドーパントを含有させることにより、電子注入性が向上し、駆動電圧が低下する、効率が向上するなどの効果がある。電子供与性ドーパントとは、ドープされる材料に電子を与え、ラジカルアニオンを発生させることが可能な材料であれば有機材料、無機材料のうちいかなるものでもよいが、例えば、テトラチアフルバレン(TTF)、テトラチアナフタセン(TTT)、リチウム、セシウムなどが挙げられる。
(Electron injection layer, electron transport layer)
The electron injection layer and the electron transport layer are layers having a function of receiving electrons from the cathode or the cathode side and transporting them to the anode side. The electron injection material and the electron transport material used for these layers may be a low molecular compound or a high molecular compound.
The electron injection layer and the electron transport layer are described in detail, for example, in JP-A-2008-270736 and JP-A-2007-266458, and the matters described in these publications can be applied to the present invention.
The thickness of the electron transport layer is preferably 1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 5 nm to 200 nm, and even more preferably 10 nm to 100 nm.
The thickness of the electron injection layer is preferably from 0.1 nm to 200 nm, more preferably from 0.2 nm to 100 nm, and even more preferably from 0.5 nm to 50 nm.
In the device of the present invention, the electron transport layer preferably contains a compound represented by the general formula (E-1).
The electron injection layer preferably contains an electron donating dopant. By containing an electron donating dopant in the electron injection layer, the electron injection property is improved, the driving voltage is lowered, and the efficiency is improved. The electron donating dopant may be any organic material or inorganic material as long as it can give electrons to the doped material and generate radical anions. For example, tetrathiafulvalene (TTF) , Tetrathianaphthacene (TTT), lithium, cesium and the like.
 電子注入層中の電子供与性ドーパントは、電子注入層を形成する全化合物質量に対して、0.1質量%~50質量%含有されることが好ましく、0.1質量%~40質量%含有されることがより好ましく、0.5質量%~30質量%含有されることがより好ましい。 The electron donating dopant in the electron injection layer is preferably contained in an amount of 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, and preferably 0.1% by mass to 40% by mass with respect to the total mass of the compound forming the electron injection layer. More preferably, the content is 0.5 to 30% by mass.
 正孔注入層に電子受容性ドーパントを、電子注入層に電子供与性ドーパントを含有させることで、一般に電極からの電荷注入を促進し、駆動電圧を低下させることが可能となるが、それらにより素子内での電荷バランスがくずれると、発光位置が変化し、発光効率の低下や駆動耐久性の低下、高輝度駆動時の各種変化が促進される場合がある。本発明の素子は陰極側の発光層隣接層/発光層界面での電荷注入障壁や発光層や陰極側の発光層隣接層における電荷トラップが小さいため素子中での電荷の蓄積が起こりにくい、陰極側の発光層隣接層の電子移動度と発光層のホール移動度及び電子移動度のバランスが良い、等の理由により、電荷注入量の変化に対して電荷のバランスがくずれにくい素子であるため、正孔注入層に電子受容性ドーパントを、電子注入層に電子供与性ドーパントを含有させることで、効率、耐久性、高輝度駆動時の各種変化等を悪化させることなく駆動電圧を低下させることができる。 By incorporating an electron-accepting dopant in the hole-injecting layer and an electron-donating dopant in the electron-injecting layer, it is generally possible to promote charge injection from the electrode and lower the driving voltage. If the charge balance in the light source is lost, the light emission position may change, and the light emission efficiency, drive durability, and various changes during high-intensity driving may be promoted. The device of the present invention has a small charge trap in the light emitting layer adjacent layer / light emitting layer interface on the cathode side and a small charge trap in the light emitting layer or the light emitting layer adjacent layer on the cathode side. Because of the good balance between the electron mobility of the adjacent light emitting layer on the side, the hole mobility and the electron mobility of the light emitting layer, etc. By including an electron-accepting dopant in the hole-injecting layer and an electron-donating dopant in the electron-injecting layer, the driving voltage can be reduced without deteriorating efficiency, durability, various changes during high-intensity driving, etc. it can.
(正孔ブロック層)
 正孔ブロック層は、陽極側から発光層に輸送された正孔が、陰極側に通りぬけることを防止する機能を有する層である。本発明において、発光層と陰極側で隣接する有機層として、正孔ブロック層を設けることができる。
 正孔ブロック層を構成する有機化合物の例としては、本発明における一般式(1)で表される化合物のほか、アルミニウム(III)ビス(2-メチル-8-キノリナト)4-フェニルフェノレート(Aluminum (III)bis(2-methyl-8-quinolinato)4-phenylphenolate(BAlqと略記する))等のアルミニウム錯体、トリアゾール誘導体、2,9-ジメチル-4,7-ジフェニル-1,10-フェナントロリン(2,9-Dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline(BCPと略記する))等のフェナントロリン誘導体、トリフェニレン誘導体、カルバゾール誘導体等が挙げられる。
 前記トリフェニレン誘導体は例えば国際公開第05/013388号、国際公開第06/130598号、国際公開第09/021107号に記載されている。トリフェニレン誘導体は、下記一般式(Tp-1)で表される化合物が好ましい。
(Hole blocking layer)
The hole blocking layer is a layer having a function of preventing holes transported from the anode side to the light emitting layer from passing through to the cathode side. In the present invention, a hole blocking layer can be provided as an organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer on the cathode side.
Examples of the organic compound constituting the hole blocking layer include the compound represented by the general formula (1) in the present invention, aluminum (III) bis (2-methyl-8-quinolinato) 4-phenylphenolate ( Aluminum complexes such as Aluminum (III) bis (2-methyl-8-quinolinato) 4-phenylphenolate (abbreviated as BAlq)), triazole derivatives, 2,9-dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline ( And phenanthroline derivatives such as 2,9-dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline (abbreviated as BCP)), triphenylene derivatives, and carbazole derivatives.
The triphenylene derivatives are described in, for example, International Publication No. 05/013388, International Publication No. 06/130598, and International Publication No. 09/021107. The triphenylene derivative is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (Tp-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
 (一般式(Tp-1)において、R12~R23はそれぞれ独立に水素原子、アルキル基又はアルキル基、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、若しくはトリフェニレニル基で置換されていてもよいフェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、若しくはトリフェニレニル基を表す。ただし、R12~R23が全て水素原子になることはない。) (In the general formula (Tp-1), R 12 to R 23 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an alkyl group, a phenyl group optionally substituted with a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group, Represents a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group, provided that R 12 to R 23 are not all hydrogen atoms.)
 R12~R23が表すアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-オクチル基、n-デシル基、n-ヘキサデシル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基などが挙げられ、好ましくはメチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基、シクロヘキシル基であり、より好ましくはメチル基、エチル基、又はt-ブチル基である。 Examples of the alkyl group represented by R 12 to R 23 include methyl group, ethyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, t-butyl group, n-octyl group, n-decyl group, n-hexadecyl group, and cyclopropyl. A methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a t-butyl group, and a cyclohexyl group, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a t-butyl group.
 R12~R23として好ましくは、炭素数1~4のアルキル基又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、若しくはトリフェニレニル基(これらは更にアルキル基、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、若しくはトリフェニレニル基で置換されていてもよい)で置換されていてもよい、フェニル基、フルオレニル基、ナフチル基、若しくはトリフェニレニル基であることが更に好ましい。
 正孔ブロック層の厚さとしては、1nm~500nmであるのが好ましく、5nm~200nmであるのがより好ましく、10nm~100nmであるのが更に好ましい。
 正孔ブロック層は、上述した材料の一種又は二種以上からなる単層構造であってもよいし、同一組成又は異種組成の複数層からなる多層構造であってもよい。
R 12 to R 23 are preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group (these are further an alkyl group, a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group). More preferably a phenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group, which may be substituted with a group, a naphthyl group, or a triphenylenyl group.
The thickness of the hole blocking layer is preferably 1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 5 nm to 200 nm, and even more preferably 10 nm to 100 nm.
The hole blocking layer may have a single layer structure made of one or more of the materials described above, or may have a multilayer structure made of a plurality of layers having the same composition or different compositions.
(電子ブロック層)
 電子ブロック層は、陰極側から発光層に輸送された電子が、陽極側に通りぬけることを防止する機能を有する層である。本発明において、発光層と陽極側で隣接する有機層として、電子ブロック層を設けることができる。
 電子ブロック層を構成する有機化合物の例としては、例えば前述の正孔輸送材料として挙げたものが適用できる。
 電子ブロック層の厚さとしては、1nm~500nmであるのが好ましく、5nm~200nmであるのがより好ましく、10nm~100nmであるのが更に好ましい。
 電子ブロック層は、上述した材料の一種又は二種以上からなる単層構造であってもよいし、同一組成又は異種組成の複数層からなる多層構造であってもよい。
(Electronic block layer)
The electron blocking layer is a layer having a function of preventing electrons transported from the cathode side to the light emitting layer from passing through to the anode side. In the present invention, an electron blocking layer can be provided as an organic layer adjacent to the light emitting layer on the anode side.
As an example of the organic compound constituting the electron blocking layer, for example, those mentioned as the hole transport material described above can be applied.
The thickness of the electron blocking layer is preferably 1 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 5 nm to 200 nm, and even more preferably 10 nm to 100 nm.
The electron blocking layer may have a single layer structure composed of one or more of the above-described materials, or may have a multilayer structure composed of a plurality of layers having the same composition or different compositions.
(保護層)
 本発明において、有機EL素子全体は、保護層によって保護されていてもよい。
 保護層に含まれる材料としては、水分や酸素等の素子劣化を促進するものが素子内に入ることを抑止する機能を有しているものであればよい。
 保護層については、特開2008-270736号公報の段落番号〔0169〕~〔0170〕に記載の事項を本発明に適用することができる。
(Protective layer)
In the present invention, the entire organic EL element may be protected by a protective layer.
As a material contained in the protective layer, any material may be used as long as it has a function of preventing materials that promote device deterioration such as moisture and oxygen from entering the device.
As for the protective layer, the matters described in JP-A-2008-270736, paragraphs [0169] to [0170] can be applied to the present invention.
(封止容器)
 本発明の素子は、封止容器を用いて素子全体を封止してもよい。
 封止容器については、特開2008-270736号公報の段落番号〔0171〕に記載の事項を本発明に適用することができる。
 また、封止容器と発光素子の間の空間に水分吸収剤又は不活性液体を封入してもよい。水分吸収剤としては、特に限定されることはないが、例えば、酸化バリウム、酸化ナトリウム、酸化カリウム、酸化カルシウム、硫酸ナトリウム、硫酸カルシウム、硫酸マグネシウム、五酸化燐、塩化カルシウム、塩化マグネシウム、塩化銅、フッ化セシウム、フッ化ニオブ、臭化カルシウム、臭化バナジウム、モレキュラーシーブ、ゼオライト、酸化マグネシウム等を挙げることができる。不活性液体としては、特に限定されることはないが、例えば、パラフィン類、流動パラフィン類、ペルフルオロアルカンやペルフルオロアミン、ペルフルオロエーテル等のフッ素系溶剤、塩素系溶剤、シリコーンオイル類が挙げられる。
(Sealing container)
The element of this invention may seal the whole element using a sealing container.
Regarding the sealing container, the matters described in paragraph [0171] of JP-A-2008-270736 can be applied to the present invention.
Further, a moisture absorbent or an inert liquid may be sealed in a space between the sealing container and the light emitting element. Although it does not specifically limit as a moisture absorber, For example, barium oxide, sodium oxide, potassium oxide, calcium oxide, sodium sulfate, calcium sulfate, magnesium sulfate, phosphorus pentoxide, calcium chloride, magnesium chloride, copper chloride Cesium fluoride, niobium fluoride, calcium bromide, vanadium bromide, molecular sieve, zeolite, magnesium oxide and the like. The inert liquid is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include paraffins, liquid paraffins, fluorine-based solvents such as perfluoroalkane, perfluoroamine, and perfluoroether, chlorine-based solvents, and silicone oils.
(駆動)
 本発明の有機電界発光素子は、陽極と陰極との間に直流(必要に応じて交流成分を含んでもよい)電圧(通常2ボルト~15ボルト)、又は直流電流を印加することにより、発光を得ることができる。
 本発明の有機電界発光素子の駆動方法については、特開平2-148687号、同6-301355号、同5-29080号、同7-134558号、同8-234685号、同8-241047号の各公報、特許第2784615号、米国特許5828429号、同6023308号の各明細書等に記載の駆動方法を適用することができる。
(Drive)
The organic electroluminescence device of the present invention emits light by applying a direct current (which may include an alternating current component as necessary) voltage (usually 2 to 15 volts) or a direct current between the anode and the cathode. Obtainable.
The driving method of the organic electroluminescence device of the present invention is described in JP-A-2-148687, JP-A-6-301355, JP-A-5-290080, JP-A-7-134558, JP-A-8-234585, and JP-A-8-2441047. The driving methods described in each publication, Japanese Patent No. 2784615, US Pat. Nos. 5,828,429 and 6,023,308 can be applied.
 本発明の有機電界発光素子の外部量子効率としては、5%以上が好ましく、7%以上がより好ましい。外部量子効率の数値は20℃で素子を駆動したときの外部量子効率の最大値、若しくは、20℃で素子を駆動したときの100~300cd/m付近での外部量子効率の値を用いることができる。 The external quantum efficiency of the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention is preferably 5% or more, more preferably 7% or more. The value of the external quantum efficiency should be the maximum value of the external quantum efficiency when the device is driven at 20 ° C., or the value of the external quantum efficiency near 100 to 300 cd / m 2 when the device is driven at 20 ° C. Can do.
 本発明の有機電界発光素子の内部量子効率は、30%以上であることが好ましく、50%以上が更に好ましく、70%以上が更に好ましい。素子の内部量子効率は、外部量子効率を光取り出し効率で除して算出される。通常の有機EL素子では光取り出し効率は約20%であるが、基板の形状、電極の形状、有機層の膜厚、無機層の膜厚、有機層の屈折率、無機層の屈折率等を工夫することにより、光取り出し効率を20%以上にすることが可能である。 The internal quantum efficiency of the organic electroluminescence device of the present invention is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and further preferably 70% or more. The internal quantum efficiency of the device is calculated by dividing the external quantum efficiency by the light extraction efficiency. In a normal organic EL element, the light extraction efficiency is about 20%. However, the shape of the substrate, the shape of the electrode, the thickness of the organic layer, the thickness of the inorganic layer, the refractive index of the organic layer, the refractive index of the inorganic layer, etc. By devising it, it is possible to increase the light extraction efficiency to 20% or more.
 本発明の有機電界発光素子は、350nm以上700nm以下に極大発光波長(発光スペクトルの最大強度波長)を有するものが好ましく、より好ましくは350nm以上600nm以下、更に好ましくは400nm以上520nm以下、特に好ましくは400nm以上465nm以下である。 The organic electroluminescent element of the present invention preferably has a maximum emission wavelength (maximum intensity wavelength of emission spectrum) of 350 nm to 700 nm, more preferably 350 nm to 600 nm, still more preferably 400 nm to 520 nm, particularly preferably. It is 400 nm or more and 465 nm or less.
(本発明の発光素子の用途)
 本発明の発光素子は、発光装置、ピクセル、表示素子、ディスプレイ、バックライト、電子写真、照明光源、記録光源、露光光源、読み取り光源、標識、看板、インテリア、又は光通信等に好適に利用できる。特に、照明装置、表示装置等の発光輝度が高い領域で駆動されるデバイスに好ましく用いられる。
(Use of light-emitting element of the present invention)
The light-emitting element of the present invention can be suitably used for light-emitting devices, pixels, display elements, displays, backlights, electrophotography, illumination light sources, recording light sources, exposure light sources, reading light sources, signs, signboards, interiors, optical communications, and the like . In particular, it is preferably used for a device driven in a region having a high light emission luminance, such as a lighting device and a display device.
(発光装置)
 次に、図2を参照して本発明の発光装置について説明する。
 本発明の発光装置は、前記有機電界発光素子を用いてなる。
 図2は、本発明の発光装置の一例を概略的に示した断面図である。
 図2の発光装置20は、基板(支持基板)2、有機電界発光素子10、封止容器16等により構成されている。
(Light emitting device)
Next, the light emitting device of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG.
The light emitting device of the present invention uses the organic electroluminescent element.
FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of the light emitting device of the present invention.
The light-emitting device 20 of FIG. 2 is comprised by the board | substrate (support substrate) 2, the organic electroluminescent element 10, the sealing container 16, etc. FIG.
 有機電界発光素子10は、基板2上に、陽極(第一電極)3、有機層11、陰極(第二電極)9が順次積層されて構成されている。また、陰極9上には、保護層12が積層されており、更に、保護層12上には接着層14を介して封止容器16が設けられている。なお、各電極3、9の一部、隔壁、絶縁層等は省略されている。
 ここで、接着層14としては、エポキシ樹脂等の光硬化型接着剤や熱硬化型接着剤を用いることができ、例えば熱硬化性の接着シートを用いることもできる。
The organic electroluminescent device 10 is configured by sequentially laminating an anode (first electrode) 3, an organic layer 11, and a cathode (second electrode) 9 on a substrate 2. A protective layer 12 is laminated on the cathode 9, and a sealing container 16 is provided on the protective layer 12 with an adhesive layer 14 interposed therebetween. In addition, a part of each electrode 3 and 9, a partition, an insulating layer, etc. are abbreviate | omitted.
Here, as the adhesive layer 14, a photocurable adhesive such as an epoxy resin or a thermosetting adhesive can be used, and for example, a thermosetting adhesive sheet can also be used.
 本発明の発光装置の用途は特に制限されるものではなく、例えば、照明装置のほか、テレビ、パーソナルコンピュータ、携帯電話、電子ペーパ等の表示装置とすることができる。 The use of the light-emitting device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and for example, it can be a display device such as a television, a personal computer, a mobile phone, and electronic paper in addition to a lighting device.
(照明装置)
 次に、図3を参照して本発明の実施形態に係る照明装置について説明する。
 図3は、本発明の実施形態に係る照明装置の一例を概略的に示した断面図である。
 本発明の実施形態に係る照明装置40は、図3に示すように、前述した有機EL素子10と、光散乱部材30とを備えている。より具体的には、照明装置40は、有機EL素子10の基板2と光散乱部材30とが接触するように構成されている。
 光散乱部材30は、光を散乱できるものであれば特に制限されないが、図3においては、透明基板31に微粒子32が分散した部材とされている。透明基板31としては、例えば、ガラス基板を好適に挙げることができる。微粒子32としては、透明樹脂微粒子を好適に挙げることができる。ガラス基板及び透明樹脂微粒子としては、いずれも、公知のものを使用できる。このような照明装置40は、有機電界発光素子10からの発光が光散乱部材30の光入射面30Aに入射されると、入射光を光散乱部材30により散乱させ、散乱光を光出射面30Bから照明光として出射するものである。
(Lighting device)
Next, an illumination device according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG.
FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of a lighting device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
As shown in FIG. 3, the illumination device 40 according to the embodiment of the present invention includes the organic EL element 10 and the light scattering member 30 described above. More specifically, the lighting device 40 is configured such that the substrate 2 of the organic EL element 10 and the light scattering member 30 are in contact with each other.
The light scattering member 30 is not particularly limited as long as it can scatter light. In FIG. 3, the light scattering member 30 is a member in which fine particles 32 are dispersed on a transparent substrate 31. As the transparent substrate 31, for example, a glass substrate can be preferably cited. As the fine particles 32, transparent resin fine particles can be preferably exemplified. As the glass substrate and the transparent resin fine particles, known ones can be used. In such an illuminating device 40, when light emitted from the organic electroluminescent element 10 enters the light incident surface 30A of the light scattering member 30, the incident light is scattered by the light scattering member 30, and the scattered light is scattered by the light emitting surface 30B. Is emitted as illumination light.
 以下、実施例により本発明を更に詳細に説明するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
 実施例で使用した一般式(1)で表される化合物は、国際公開第2004/074399号パンフレット等を参考に合成した。例えば、化合物(1)は国際公開第2004/074399号52ページ22行~54ページ15行に記載の方法で合成できる。
 一般式(E-1)で表される化合物は特許第4308663号公報を参考に合成した。
The compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the examples was synthesized with reference to International Publication No. 2004/074399 pamphlet and the like. For example, compound (1) can be synthesized by the method described in International Publication No. 2004/074399, page 52, line 22 to page 54, line 15.
The compound represented by the general formula (E-1) was synthesized with reference to Japanese Patent No. 4308663.
 なお、本実施例に用いた有機材料は全て昇華精製したものを用い、高速液体クロマトグラフィー(東ソーTSKgel ODS-100Z)により分析し、254nmの吸収強度面積比で特に断りがなければ純度99.9%以上のものを用いた。 The organic materials used in this example were all purified by sublimation and analyzed by high performance liquid chromatography (Tosoh TSKgel ODS-100Z). Purity of 99.9 was obtained unless the absorption intensity area ratio was 254 nm. % Or more was used.
[実施例1]
<有機電界発光素子の作製>
 厚み0.7mm、2.5cm角の酸化インジウム錫(ITO)膜を有するガラス基板(ITO膜厚は100nm)を洗浄容器に入れ、2-プロパノール中で超音波洗浄した後、30分間UV-オゾン処理を行った。このガラス基板上に真空蒸着装置(トッキ社製、Small-ELVESS)を用いて真空蒸着法にて以下の各層を蒸着した。なお、以下の実施例及び比較例における真空蒸着法は、全て同条件で行い、蒸着速度は、特に断りのない場合は0.2nm/秒である。蒸着速度は水晶振動子を用いて測定した。また、圧力は、1×10-4Pa以下である。また、以下の各層の厚みは水晶振動子を用いて測定した。
 陽極(ITO)上に、正孔注入層としてHIL-1(純度97%)を厚みが10nmになるように真空蒸着することにより形成した。
 次に、正孔注入層上に、正孔輸送層としてN,N’-ジナフチル-N,N’-ジフェニル-[1,1’-ビフェニル]-4,4’-ジアミン(NPD)を厚みが30nmとなるように真空蒸着することにより形成した。
 次に、正孔輸送層上に、化合物(A-1)(ホスト材料)と発光材料であるIr-A(ゲスト)を質量比で85:15含む発光層を、厚みが30nmとなるように真空蒸着することにより成膜した。
 次に、発光層上に、HBL-Aを厚みが10nmとなるように真空蒸着することにより正孔阻止層を成膜した。
 次に、正孔阻止層上に、電子輸送層としてe-4を、厚みが30nmとなるように真空蒸着することにより成膜した。
 次に、電子輸送層上に電子注入層としてLiFを、厚みが1nmとなるように真空蒸着することにより成膜した。
 次に、陰極としてパタ-ニングしたマスク(発光領域が2mm×2mmとなるマスク)を設置し、金属アルミニウムを厚み100nmとなるように真空蒸着することにより成膜した。
 以上により作製した積層体を、アルゴンガスで置換したグローブボックス内に入れ、ガラス製の封止缶、及び紫外線硬化型の接着剤(XNR5516HV、長瀬チバ株式会社製)を用いて封止した。以上により、実施例1の有機電界発光素子を作製した。
 また、色度の電子輸送層膜厚による変化量を測定するために、電子輸送層を10nm厚くした以外は上記と同様にして作製した素子と、電子輸送層を10nm薄くした以外は上記と同様にして作製した素子も作製した。
[Example 1]
<Production of organic electroluminescence device>
A glass substrate (ITO film thickness is 100 nm) having an indium tin oxide (ITO) film with a thickness of 0.7 mm and a 2.5 cm square is placed in a cleaning container, subjected to ultrasonic cleaning in 2-propanol, and then UV-ozone for 30 minutes. Processed. The following layers were deposited on this glass substrate by a vacuum deposition method using a vacuum deposition apparatus (Small-ELVESS, manufactured by Tokki Co., Ltd.). In addition, all the vacuum evaporation methods in a following example and a comparative example are performed on the same conditions, and a vapor deposition rate is 0.2 nm / sec unless there is particular notice. The deposition rate was measured using a quartz resonator. The pressure is 1 × 10 −4 Pa or less. The thickness of each layer below was measured using a quartz resonator.
On the anode (ITO), HIL-1 (purity 97%) was formed as a hole injection layer by vacuum deposition so as to have a thickness of 10 nm.
Next, N, N′-dinaphthyl-N, N′-diphenyl- [1,1′-biphenyl] -4,4′-diamine (NPD) is formed as a hole transport layer on the hole injection layer. It was formed by vacuum deposition so as to be 30 nm.
Next, a light emitting layer containing 85:15 by mass ratio of the compound (A-1) (host material) and the light emitting material Ir-A (guest) on the hole transport layer so as to have a thickness of 30 nm. A film was formed by vacuum deposition.
Next, a hole blocking layer was formed on the light emitting layer by vacuum deposition of HBL-A to a thickness of 10 nm.
Next, e-4 was deposited as an electron transport layer on the hole blocking layer by vacuum deposition so as to have a thickness of 30 nm.
Next, LiF was deposited as an electron injection layer on the electron transport layer by vacuum deposition so that the thickness was 1 nm.
Next, a patterned mask (a mask having a light emitting area of 2 mm × 2 mm) was set as a cathode, and metal aluminum was vacuum deposited to a thickness of 100 nm to form a film.
The laminate produced as described above was placed in a glove box substituted with argon gas, and sealed with a glass sealing can and an ultraviolet curable adhesive (XNR5516HV, manufactured by Nagase Ciba Co., Ltd.). Thus, the organic electroluminescent element of Example 1 was produced.
In addition, in order to measure the amount of change in chromaticity depending on the thickness of the electron transport layer, an element manufactured in the same manner as described above except that the electron transport layer was thickened by 10 nm and the same as the above except that the electron transport layer was thinned by 10 nm. A device manufactured as described above was also manufactured.
(評価)
 作製した実施例1の有機電界発光素子の発光効率、駆動電圧、耐久性及び色度を以下のように評価しロールオフ(高輝度駆動時の効率低下)と、電子輸送層膜厚が10nmあたりの色度xの変化量を算出した。
(Evaluation)
The organic electroluminescence device of Example 1 produced was evaluated for light emission efficiency, drive voltage, durability, and chromaticity as follows. Roll-off (decrease in efficiency during high-intensity drive) and electron transport layer thickness of about 10 nm The amount of change in chromaticity x was calculated.
<発光効率及び駆動電圧の測定>
 一定電流密度(10mA/cm)で駆動した有機電界発光素子の発光輝度を分光放射輝度計(トプコン社製、SR-3)にて測定し、外部量子効率(%)を求めた。
 またそのときの電圧を測定し駆動電圧(V)とした。
 結果は、表1においては比較例3の外部量子効率及び駆動電圧を100とし、表2においては比較例11の外部量子効率及び駆動電圧を100とし、表3においては比較例17の外部量子効率及び駆動電圧を100とし、表4においては比較例24の外部量子効率及び駆動電圧を100とし、相対値で示した。
<耐久性の測定>
 輝度1,000cd/mでの電流密度を維持したまま有機電界発光素子を連続発光させ輝度500cd/mになるまでの時間(h)を耐久性として算出した。
 結果は、表1においては比較例3の耐久性を100とし、表2においては比較例11の耐久性を100とし、表3においては比較例17の耐久性を100とし、表4においては比較例24の耐久性を100とし、相対値で示した。
<Measurement of luminous efficiency and driving voltage>
The emission luminance of the organic electroluminescence device driven at a constant current density (10 mA / cm 2 ) was measured with a spectral radiance meter (SR-3, manufactured by Topcon Corporation), and the external quantum efficiency (%) was determined.
The voltage at that time was measured and used as the drive voltage (V).
In Table 1, the external quantum efficiency and driving voltage of Comparative Example 3 are set to 100 in Table 1, the external quantum efficiency and driving voltage of Comparative Example 11 are set to 100 in Table 2, and the external quantum efficiency of Comparative Example 17 is set to Table 3 in Table 3. In Table 4, the external quantum efficiency and the driving voltage of Comparative Example 24 are set to 100, and are shown as relative values.
<Measurement of durability>
Luminance 1,000 cd / m while maintaining the current density at second organic electroluminescent device of the continuous light emission is allowed time until the luminance 500 cd / m 2 to (h) was calculated as the durability.
In Table 1, the durability of Comparative Example 3 is set to 100, in Table 2, the durability of Comparative Example 11 is set to 100, in Table 3, the durability of Comparative Example 17 is set to 100, and in Table 4, the durability is compared. The durability of Example 24 was taken as 100, and is shown as a relative value.
<ロールオフの算出>
 輝度1,000cd/mでの発光効率で、輝度10,000cd/mでの発光効率を割った値でロールオフを評価した。該値が大きいほどロールオフが抑制されているといえる。なお、発光効率は上記と同様に測定した。
<Calculation of roll-off>
In the light emission efficiency at a luminance of 1,000 cd / m 2, it was evaluated rolloff value obtained by dividing the emission efficiency at a luminance 10,000cd / m 2. It can be said that roll-off is suppressed as the value increases. The luminous efficiency was measured in the same manner as described above.
<色度の測定>
 東陽テクニカ製ソースメジャーユニット2400型を用いて、直流定電圧を実施例1の有機電界発光素子に印加して発光させた。得られた発光スペクトルを島津製作所製の発光スペクトル測定システム(ELS1500)で測定し、得られたスペクトルからCIE表色系を用いx値を算出した。なお、x値は、電流密度が10mA/cmでの値である。
<Measurement of chromaticity>
A DC constant voltage was applied to the organic electroluminescence device of Example 1 to emit light using a source measure unit type 2400 manufactured by Toyo Technica. The obtained emission spectrum was measured with an emission spectrum measurement system (ELS1500) manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, and an x value was calculated from the obtained spectrum using a CIE color system. The x value is a value at a current density of 10 mA / cm 2 .
<電子輸送層膜厚が10nmあたりの色度xの変化量の算出>
 電子輸送層膜厚の異なる3つの素子について測定した色度xから最小二乗法により電子輸送層10nmあたりの色度xの変化量(x軸に膜厚、y軸に色度をとったときのx軸10nmあたりの傾き)を算出した。
<Calculation of change amount of chromaticity x per 10 nm of electron transport layer thickness>
The amount of change in chromaticity x per 10 nm of the electron transport layer (film thickness on the x-axis and chromaticity on the y-axis) from the chromaticity x measured for three elements having different electron transport layer thicknesses by the least square method. (slope per x-axis of 10 nm) was calculated.
[実施例2~31、及び33、並びに比較例1~27、及び29]
 素子構成、各層の厚さ、並びに各層に使用した化合物、及びその含有量を下記表1~4に示すように変更した以外は、実施例1と同様に素子を作製し、評価した。なお、表1~4において、発光層のゲスト含有量は発光層の全質量に対する質量%である。
[実施例32及び比較例28]
 前記洗浄済の酸化インジウム錫(ITO)膜を有するガラス基板表面に、ポリ(3,4-エチレンジオキシチオフェン)-ポリ(スチレンスルホン酸(PEDOT・PSS)水溶液(Bayer社製)を3000~4000rpm程度の回転数でスピンコーティングし、発光領域以外の膜を除去した後200℃で焼成することにより正孔注入層を形成したこと以外は実施例22と同様に実施例32の素子を作製し評価した。また、発光層のホスト材料をmCPに変更する以外は実施例32と同様にして比較例28の素子を作製し評価した。
[Examples 2 to 31, and 33, and Comparative Examples 1 to 27 and 29]
An element was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the element configuration, the thickness of each layer, the compound used in each layer, and the content thereof were changed as shown in Tables 1 to 4 below. In Tables 1 to 4, the guest content of the light emitting layer is mass% with respect to the total mass of the light emitting layer.
[Example 32 and Comparative Example 28]
On the surface of the glass substrate having the washed indium tin oxide (ITO) film, an aqueous solution of poly (3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene) -poly (styrenesulfonic acid (PEDOT / PSS) (manufactured by Bayer) at 3000 to 4000 rpm. The device of Example 32 was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as Example 22 except that the hole injection layer was formed by spin coating at a rotational speed of approximately, removing the film other than the light emitting region and then baking at 200 ° C. Further, a device of Comparative Example 28 was fabricated and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 32 except that the host material of the light emitting layer was changed to mCP.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000060
[比較例30]
 素子構成、各層の厚さ、各層に使用した化合物及びその含有量を下記表5に示すように変更した以外は、実施例1と同様に比較例30の素子を作製し、評価した。結果を下記表5に示した。
[Comparative Example 30]
The device of Comparative Example 30 was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the device configuration, the thickness of each layer, the compound used in each layer, and the content thereof were changed as shown in Table 5 below. The results are shown in Table 5 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000061
 表5より、比較例30の素子は、実施例1の素子に対して、高輝度駆動時の効率(ロールオフ)低下の抑制、及び色度の電子輸送層膜厚依存の抑制が大きく劣ることがわかる。 From Table 5, the element of Comparative Example 30 is significantly inferior to the element of Example 1 in suppressing reduction in efficiency (roll-off) during high-intensity driving and in suppressing the dependence of chromaticity on the electron transport layer thickness. I understand.
 実施例の素子は比較例の素子に対して、ロールオフが抑制され、かつ色度の電子輸送層膜厚依存性が小さいことが表1~5の結果より分かる。 It can be seen from the results in Tables 1 to 5 that roll-off of the device of the example is suppressed and that the chromaticity is less dependent on the electron transport layer thickness than the device of the comparative example.
 以下に実施例及び比較例で用いた化合物を示す。 The compounds used in Examples and Comparative Examples are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067





Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
 本発明によれば、発光効率、駆動電圧、耐久性の観点で優れ、高輝度駆動時の効率の低下が少なく、かつ発光層と陰極の間の、電子輸送性を有する化合物を含む層の膜厚に素子の発光色度が依存しにくい有機電界発光素子を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, a film of a layer including a compound having an electron transporting property between a light emitting layer and a cathode, which is excellent in terms of luminous efficiency, driving voltage, and durability, has a small decrease in efficiency when driven at high luminance. It is possible to provide an organic electroluminescence device in which the emission chromaticity of the device is less dependent on the thickness.
 本発明を詳細にまた特定の実施態様を参照して説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲を逸脱することなく様々な変更や修正を加えることができることは当業者にとって明らかである。
 本出願は、2010年7月9日出願の日本特許出願(特願2010-157356)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。
Although the present invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
This application is based on a Japanese patent application (Japanese Patent Application No. 2010-157356) filed on Jul. 9, 2010, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 2・・・基板
 3・・・陽極
 4・・・正孔注入層
 5・・・正孔輸送層
 6・・・発光層
 7・・・正孔ブロック層
 8・・・電子輸送層
 9・・・陰極
 10・・・有機電界発光素子
 11・・・有機層
 12・・・保護層
 14・・・接着層
 16・・・封止容器
 20・・・発光装置
 30・・・光散乱部材
 31・・・透明基板
 30A・・・光入射面
 30B・・・光出射面
 32・・・微粒子
 40・・・照明装置
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 2 ... Substrate 3 ... Anode 4 ... Hole injection layer 5 ... Hole transport layer 6 ... Light emitting layer 7 ... Hole block layer 8 ... Electron transport layer 9 ... -Cathode 10 ... Organic electroluminescent element 11 ... Organic layer 12 ... Protective layer 14 ... Adhesive layer 16 ... Sealing container 20 ... Light emitting device 30 ... Light scattering member 31 ..Transparent substrate 30A ... light incident surface 30B ... light exit surface 32 ... fine particles 40 ... illumination device

Claims (15)

  1.  基板上に、陽極及び陰極からなる一対の電極と、該電極間に発光層を有し、該発光層と該陰極の間に少なくとも一層の有機層を有する有機電界発光素子であって、
     該発光層に下記一般式(1)で表される化合物を少なくとも一つ含有し、
     該発光層と該陰極の間の少なくとも一層の有機層に下記一般式(E-1)で表される化合物を少なくとも一つ含有する有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     (一般式(1)中、Rはアルキル基、アリール基、又はシリル基を表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。但し、Rがカルバゾリル基又はペルフルオロアルキル基を表すことはない。Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。また複数のRは、互いに結合して置換基Zを有していてもよいアリール環を形成してもよい。
     R~Rはそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、アリール基、シリル基、シアノ基又はフッ素原子を表し、更に置換基Zを有していてもよい。R~Rがそれぞれ複数存在する場合、複数のR~複数のRは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
     置換基Zはアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、芳香族ヘテロ環基、アルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、フッ素原子、シリル基、アミノ基、シアノ基又はこれらを組み合わせて成る基を表し、複数の置換基Zは互いに結合してアリール環を形成しても良い。
     n1は0~5の整数を表す。
     n2~n5はそれぞれ独立に、0~4の整数を表す。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     (一般式(E-1)中、RE1及びRE2は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、脂肪族炭化水素基、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は、置換若しくは無置換の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。但し、RE1及びRE2が同時に水素原子であることはない。
     Arは、置換若しくは無置換のアリーレン基、又は置換若しくは無置換の2価の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。
     RE3は、水素原子、脂肪族炭化水素、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は、置換若しくは無置換の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。
     RE4は、水素原子、脂肪族炭化水素、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は、置換若しくは無置換の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。)
    An organic electroluminescent device having a pair of electrodes consisting of an anode and a cathode on a substrate, a light emitting layer between the electrodes, and at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode,
    The light emitting layer contains at least one compound represented by the following general formula (1),
    An organic electroluminescence device comprising at least one compound represented by the following general formula (E-1) in at least one organic layer between the light emitting layer and the cathode.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In the general formula (1), R 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a silyl group, and may further have a substituent Z, provided that R 1 represents a carbazolyl group or a perfluoroalkyl group. If no .R 1 there are a plurality, the plurality of R 1 each may be the same or different. the plurality of R 1 may form an aryl ring which may have a substituent Z bonded to each other May be.
    R 2 to R 5 each independently represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a silyl group, a cyano group, or a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent Z. When a plurality of R 2 to R 5 are present, the plurality of R 2 to R 5 may be the same as or different from each other.
    The substituent Z represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a fluorine atom, a silyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, or a group formed by combining these, and a plurality of substituents Z may combine with each other to form an aryl ring.
    n1 represents an integer of 0 to 5.
    n2 to n5 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4. )
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (In General Formula (E-1), R E1 and R E2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group. However, R E1 and R E2 are not simultaneously hydrogen atoms.
    Ar represents a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent aromatic heterocyclic group.
    R E3 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group.
    R E4 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group. )
  2.  前記一般式(1)で表される化合物が、下記一般式(2)で表される、請求項1に記載の有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
     (一般式(2)中、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、置換基Zを有していてもよいアルキル基、アルキル基を有していてもよいアリール基、シアノ基又はフッ素原子を表す。R及びRがそれぞれ複数存在する場合、複数のR及び複数のRは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。また複数のR及び複数のRは、それぞれ互いに結合して置換基Zを有していてもよいアリール環を形成してもよい。
     n6及びn7はそれぞれ独立に、0~5の整数を表す。
     R~R11はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、置換基Zを有していてもよいアルキル基、アルキル基を有していてもよいアリール基、置換基Zを有していてもよいシリル基、シアノ基又はフッ素原子を表す。
     置換基Zはアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、芳香族ヘテロ環基、アルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、フッ素原子、シリル基、アミノ基、シアノ基又はこれらを組み合わせて成る基を表し、複数の置換基Zは互いに結合してアリール環を形成しても良い。)
    The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1, wherein the compound represented by the general formula (1) is represented by the following general formula (2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (In General Formula (2), R 6 and R 7 each independently represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent Z, an aryl group which may have an alkyl group, a cyano group or a fluorine atom. When a plurality of R 6 and R 7 are present, the plurality of R 6 and the plurality of R 7 may be the same as or different from each other, and the plurality of R 6 and the plurality of R 7 are bonded to each other. An aryl ring which may have a substituent Z may be formed.
    n6 and n7 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 5.
    R 8 to R 11 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group optionally having substituent Z, an aryl group optionally having alkyl group, or a silyl group optionally having substituent Z Represents a cyano group or a fluorine atom.
    The substituent Z represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, a phenoxy group, a fluorine atom, a silyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, or a group formed by combining these, and a plurality of substituents Z may combine with each other to form an aryl ring. )
  3.  前記一般式(E-1)において、RE4が無置換のアリール基である、請求項1又は2に記載の有機電界発光素子。 The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 1 or 2, wherein R E4 in the general formula (E-1) is an unsubstituted aryl group.
  4.  前記一般式(E-1)において、Arが無置換のアリーレン基である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子。 The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein, in the general formula (E-1), Ar is an unsubstituted arylene group.
  5.  前記一般式(E-1)において、RE4がフェニル基である、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子。 The organic electroluminescence device according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein R E4 in the general formula (E-1) is a phenyl group.
  6.  前記一般式(E-1)において、Arがフェニレン基である、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子。 6. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1, wherein Ar is a phenylene group in the general formula (E-1).
  7.  前記一般式(E-1)が下記一般式(E-2)又は下記一般式(E-3)で表される、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
     (一般式(E-2)及び(E-3)中、RE1及びRE2は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、脂肪族炭化水素基、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は、置換若しくは無置換の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。但し、RE1及びRE2が同時に水素原子であることはない。
     RE3は、水素原子、脂肪族炭化水素基、置換若しくは無置換のアリール基、又は、置換若しくは無置換の芳香族ヘテロ環基を表す。)
    The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the general formula (E-1) is represented by the following general formula (E-2) or the following general formula (E-3).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (In General Formulas (E-2) and (E-3), R E1 and R E2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted group. However, R E1 and R E2 are not simultaneously hydrogen atoms.
    R E3 represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group. )
  8.  前記RE3が水素原子である、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子。 The organic electroluminescence device according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein R E3 is a hydrogen atom.
  9.  前記RE1及びRE2が各々独立にナフチル基である、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子。 The organic electroluminescence device according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein R E1 and R E2 are each independently a naphthyl group.
  10.  前記発光層に燐光性発光材料を含有する、請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子。 10. The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 1, wherein the light emitting layer contains a phosphorescent light emitting material.
  11.  前記燐光性発光材料が、下記一般式(T-1)で表される化合物である、請求項10に記載の有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
     (一般式(T-1)中、RT3’、RT3、RT4、RT5及びRT6はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、シアノ基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、トリフルオロビニル基、-CO、-C(O)R、-N(R、-NO、-OR、ハロゲン原子、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Tを有していてもよい。
     Eは炭素原子又は窒素原子を表す。
     Qは窒素を1つ以上含む5員又は6員の芳香族複素環又は縮合芳香族複素環である。
     該環Qにおいて、EとNを結ぶ線は一本の線で表されているが、結合種は問わず、それぞれ単結合でも二重結合でも良い。
     RT3、RT4、RT5及びRT6は隣り合う任意の2つが互いに結合して縮合4~7員環を形成してもよく、該縮合4~7員環は、シクロアルキル、アリール又はヘテロアリールであり、該縮合4~7員環は更に置換基Tを有していてもよい。
     RT3’とRT6は、-C(R-C(R-、-CR=CR-、-C(R-、-O-、-NR-、-O-C(R-、-NR-C(R-及び-N=CR-から選択される連結基によって連結されて環を形成してもよく、Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表し、更に置換基Tを有していてもよい。
     置換基Tはそれぞれ独立に、フッ素原子、-R’、-OR’、-N(R’)、-SR’、-C(O)R’、-C(O)OR’、-C(O)N(R’)、-CN、-NO、-SO、-SOR’、-SOR’、又は-SOR’を表し、R’はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、ペルフルオロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、ヘテロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
     (X-Y)は、配位子を表す。mは1~3の整数、nは0~2の整数を表す。m+nは3である。)
    The organic electroluminescent element according to claim 10, wherein the phosphorescent light-emitting material is a compound represented by the following general formula (T-1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (In the general formula (T-1), R T3 ′, R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cyano group, a perfluoroalkyl group, Represents a fluorovinyl group, —CO 2 R T , —C (O) R T , —N (R T ) 2 , —NO 2 , —OR T , a halogen atom, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group; You may have.
    E represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
    Q is a 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring or condensed aromatic heterocyclic ring containing one or more nitrogen atoms.
    In the ring Q, the line connecting E and N is represented by a single line, but the bond type is not limited, and each may be a single bond or a double bond.
    R T3 , R T4 , R T5 and R T6 may be any two adjacent to each other to form a condensed 4- to 7-membered ring, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring is cycloalkyl, aryl or hetero It is aryl, and the condensed 4- to 7-membered ring may further have a substituent T.
    R T3 ′ and R T6 are —C (R T ) 2 —C (R T ) 2 —, —CR T = CR T —, —C (R T ) 2 —, —O—, —NR T —, -O-C (R T) 2 -, - NR T -C (R T) 2 - and -N = CR T - are connected by a connecting group selected from may form a ring, R T is Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and may further have a substituent T.
    Each substituent T independently, a fluorine atom, -R ', - OR', - N (R ') 2, -SR', - C (O) R ', - C (O) OR', - C ( O) represents N (R ′) 2 , —CN, —NO 2 , —SO 2 , —SOR ′, —SO 2 R ′, or —SO 3 R ′, and each R ′ independently represents a hydrogen atom, alkyl Represents a group, a perfluoroalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heteroalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
    (XY) represents a ligand. m represents an integer of 1 to 3, and n represents an integer of 0 to 2. m + n is 3. )
  12.  前記発光層、及び前記陽極と前記陰極の間に存在するその他の有機層のうちいずれか少なくとも1層が溶液塗布プロセスにより形成された、請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子。 The organic electric field according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein at least one of the light-emitting layer and another organic layer existing between the anode and the cathode is formed by a solution coating process. Light emitting element.
  13.  請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子を用いた発光装置。 A light emitting device using the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 12.
  14.  請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子を用いた表示装置。 A display device using the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 12.
  15.  請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載の有機電界発光素子を用いた照明装置。 An illumination device using the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 1 to 12.
PCT/JP2011/065719 2010-07-09 2011-07-08 Organic electroluminescent element WO2012005364A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020137003055A KR101995080B1 (en) 2010-07-09 2011-07-08 Organic electroluminescent element
KR1020187004303A KR20180018861A (en) 2010-07-09 2011-07-08 Organic electroluminescent element

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010157356A JP4729643B1 (en) 2010-07-09 2010-07-09 Organic electroluminescence device
JP2010-157356 2010-07-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2012005364A1 true WO2012005364A1 (en) 2012-01-12

Family

ID=44461689

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2011/065719 WO2012005364A1 (en) 2010-07-09 2011-07-08 Organic electroluminescent element

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP4729643B1 (en)
KR (2) KR20180018861A (en)
WO (1) WO2012005364A1 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017208521A (en) * 2016-05-18 2017-11-24 ▲いく▼▲雷▼光電科技股▲分▼有限公司 Compound for organic electroluminescent device and organic electroluminescent device using the same
CN111009616A (en) * 2018-10-04 2020-04-14 三星显示有限公司 Organic light emitting device and display apparatus including the same
CN111048677A (en) * 2015-12-22 2020-04-21 三星显示有限公司 Organic light emitting device
CN111233844A (en) * 2018-11-29 2020-06-05 江苏三月光电科技有限公司 Organic compound with carbazole as core, preparation method and application thereof
US11617290B2 (en) 2015-12-22 2023-03-28 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Organic light-emitting device
US11696496B2 (en) 2015-12-22 2023-07-04 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Organic light-emitting device
US11937500B2 (en) 2015-12-22 2024-03-19 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Organic light-emitting device

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101431645B1 (en) * 2012-06-26 2014-08-20 롬엔드하스전자재료코리아유한회사 Light-Emitting Layer and Organic Electroluminescence Device comprising the same
CN103730581B (en) * 2012-10-15 2016-05-18 乐金显示有限公司 Organic light emitting apparatus and the organic light-emitting display device that uses it
JP6433852B2 (en) * 2015-05-28 2018-12-05 株式会社東芝 Compound, organic photoelectric conversion device, and solid-state imaging device
CN105968041B (en) * 2016-07-22 2019-03-22 吉林奥来德光电材料股份有限公司 Xenyl bis-carbazole compound and preparation method thereof and the organic luminescent device made of the compound
JP7456125B2 (en) 2019-11-11 2024-03-27 東洋紡株式会社 Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound having perfluoroalkyl group and its use

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005515233A (en) * 2002-01-18 2005-05-26 エルジー ケミカル エルティーディー. New electron transport material and organic light emitting device using the same
WO2008015949A1 (en) * 2006-08-04 2008-02-07 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence device
WO2008133483A2 (en) * 2007-04-30 2008-11-06 Lg Chem, Ltd. Organic light emitting device and method of producing the same

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2008147353A (en) 2006-12-08 2008-06-26 Idemitsu Kosan Co Ltd Organic electroluminescence element

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005515233A (en) * 2002-01-18 2005-05-26 エルジー ケミカル エルティーディー. New electron transport material and organic light emitting device using the same
WO2008015949A1 (en) * 2006-08-04 2008-02-07 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence device
WO2008133483A2 (en) * 2007-04-30 2008-11-06 Lg Chem, Ltd. Organic light emitting device and method of producing the same

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111048677A (en) * 2015-12-22 2020-04-21 三星显示有限公司 Organic light emitting device
CN111048677B (en) * 2015-12-22 2022-09-23 三星显示有限公司 Organic light emitting device
US11617290B2 (en) 2015-12-22 2023-03-28 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Organic light-emitting device
US11696496B2 (en) 2015-12-22 2023-07-04 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Organic light-emitting device
US11937500B2 (en) 2015-12-22 2024-03-19 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Organic light-emitting device
JP2017208521A (en) * 2016-05-18 2017-11-24 ▲いく▼▲雷▼光電科技股▲分▼有限公司 Compound for organic electroluminescent device and organic electroluminescent device using the same
CN111009616A (en) * 2018-10-04 2020-04-14 三星显示有限公司 Organic light emitting device and display apparatus including the same
CN111233844A (en) * 2018-11-29 2020-06-05 江苏三月光电科技有限公司 Organic compound with carbazole as core, preparation method and application thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20180018861A (en) 2018-02-21
KR20130097715A (en) 2013-09-03
JP4729643B1 (en) 2011-07-20
KR101995080B1 (en) 2019-07-01
JP2012019176A (en) 2012-01-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6830511B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent devices, materials for organic electroluminescent devices, and light emitting devices, display devices, lighting devices, and compounds used in the devices.
JP4729643B1 (en) Organic electroluminescence device
JP4741028B1 (en) Organic electroluminescence device
JP5906114B2 (en) Charge transport material, organic electroluminescent element, light emitting device, display device and lighting device
JP4751954B1 (en) Organic electroluminescence device
JP5650932B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device and charge transport material
JP4691611B1 (en) Organic electroluminescence device
WO2012033063A1 (en) Organic electroluminescent element and compound
JP2013175698A (en) Organic electroluminescent element, charge transport material for organic electroluminescent element, and light-emitting device, display device and lighting device which include said element
KR101910677B1 (en) Organic electroluminescent element
JP4729641B1 (en) Organic electroluminescence device
JP5753658B2 (en) Charge transport material and organic electroluminescent device
JP5722000B2 (en) Charge transport material and organic electroluminescent device
WO2012014779A1 (en) Organic electroluminescent element and compound
WO2012014752A1 (en) Organic electroluminescent element and compound
JP4637270B1 (en) Organic electroluminescence device
JP5563399B2 (en) Organic electroluminescent device and compound having p-dicyanobenzene structure
JP4637271B1 (en) Organic electroluminescence device
JP5990385B2 (en) Compound, material for organic electroluminescence device, charge transport material, organic electroluminescence device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 11803698

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20137003055

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 11803698

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1